Remove empty lines from PHP and JavaScript comment blocks
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.29.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
447 *
448 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
449 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
450 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
451 *
452 * For most core repos:
453 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
454 * container : backend container name the zone is in
455 * directory : root path within container for the zone
456 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
457 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
458 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
459 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
460 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
461 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
462 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
463 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
464 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
465 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
466 * handler instead.
467 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
468 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
469 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
470 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
471 * - pathDisclosureProtection
472 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
473 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
474 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
475 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
476 * is 0644.
477 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
478 * some remote repos.
479 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
480 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
481 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
482 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
483 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
484 *
485 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
486 * for local repositories:
487 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
488 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
489 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
490 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
491 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
492 *
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
620 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
621 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
622 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
623 *
624 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
625 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
626 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
627 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
628 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
629 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
630 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
631 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
632 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
633 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
634 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
635 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
636 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
637 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
638 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
639 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
640 */
641 $wgFileBackends = [];
642
643 /**
644 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
645 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
646 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
647 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
648 *
649 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
650 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
651 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
652 *
653 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
654 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
655 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
656 */
657 $wgLockManagers = [];
658
659 /**
660 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
661 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
662 *
663 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
664 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
665 * extensions" section of php.ini:
666 * @code{.ini}
667 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
668 * @endcode
669 */
670 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
671
672 /**
673 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
674 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
675 * Defaults to false.
676 */
677 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
678
679 /**
680 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
681 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
682 * $wgUploadDirectory.
683 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
684 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
685 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
686 * directory.
687 *
688 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
689 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
690 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
691 */
692 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
693
694 /**
695 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
696 */
697 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
698
699 /**
700 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
701 */
702 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
703
704 /**
705 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
706 */
707 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
708
709 /**
710 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
711 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
714
715 /**
716 * Optional table prefix used in database.
717 */
718 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
719
720 /**
721 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
722 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
723 */
724 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
725
726 /**
727 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
728 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
729 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
730 */
731 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
732
733 /**
734 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
735 *
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
739
740 /**
741 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
742 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
743 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
744 */
745 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
746
747 /**
748 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
749 * @since 1.20
750 */
751 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
752
753 /**
754 * Different timeout for upload by url
755 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
756 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
757 * to default.
758 *
759 * @since 1.22
760 */
761 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
762
763 /**
764 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
765 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
766 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
767 * for non-specified types.
768 *
769 * @par Example:
770 * @code
771 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
772 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
773 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
774 * ];
775 * @endcode
776 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
777 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
778 */
779 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
780
781 /**
782 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
783 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
784 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
785 * @since 1.26
786 */
787 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
788
789 /**
790 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
791 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
792 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
793 *
794 * @par Example:
795 * @code
796 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
797 * @endcode
798 */
799 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
800
801 /**
802 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
803 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
804 * appended to it as appropriate.
805 */
806 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
807
808 /**
809 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
810 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
811 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
812 * access to the thumbnail path.
813 *
814 * @par Example:
815 * @code
816 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
817 * @endcode
818 */
819 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
820
821 /**
822 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
823 */
824 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
825
826 /**
827 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
828 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
829 *
830 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
831 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
832 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
833 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
834 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
835 *
836 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
837 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
838 */
839 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
840
841 /**
842 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
843 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
844 * directory layout.
845 */
846 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
847
848 /**
849 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
850 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
851 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
852 * image description page on this wiki.
853 *
854 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
855 */
856 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
857
858 /**
859 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
860 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
861 *
862 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
863 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
864 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
865 */
866 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
867
868 /**
869 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
870 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
871 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
872 */
873 $wgFileBlacklist = [
874 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
875 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
876 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
877 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
878 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
879 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
880 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
881 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
882
883 /**
884 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
885 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
886 */
887 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
888 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
889 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
890 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
891 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
892 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
893 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
894 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
895 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
896 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
897 'application/x-msmetafile',
898 ];
899
900 /**
901 * Allow Java archive uploads.
902 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
903 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
904 */
905 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
906
907 /**
908 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
909 *
910 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
911 */
912 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
913
914 /**
915 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
916 * by $wgFileExtensions.
917 *
918 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
919 */
920 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
921
922 /**
923 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
924 *
925 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
926 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
927 */
928 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
929
930 /**
931 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
932 */
933 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
934
935 /**
936 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
937 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
938 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
939 *
940 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
941 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
942 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
943 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
944 */
945 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
946 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
947 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
948 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
949 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
950 "application/pdf", // PDF files
951 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
952 ];
953
954 /**
955 * Plugins for media file type handling.
956 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
957 *
958 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
959 * and extensions should use extension.json.
960 */
961 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
962
963 /**
964 * Plugins for page content model handling.
965 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
966 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
967 *
968 * @since 1.21
969 */
970 $wgContentHandlers = [
971 // the usual case
972 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
973 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
974 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
975 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
976 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
977 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
978 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
979 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
980 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
981 ];
982
983 /**
984 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
985 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
986 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
987 */
988 $wgUseImageResize = true;
989
990 /**
991 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
992 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
993 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
994 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
995 *
996 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
997 */
998 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
999
1000 /**
1001 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1002 */
1003 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1004
1005 /**
1006 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1007 * @since 1.27
1008 */
1009 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1010
1011 /**
1012 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1013 */
1014 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1015
1016 /**
1017 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1018 */
1019 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1020
1021 /**
1022 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1023 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1024 */
1025 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1026
1027 /**
1028 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1029 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1030 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1031 *
1032 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1033 * @code
1034 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1035 * @endcode
1036 *
1037 * Leave as false to skip this.
1038 */
1039 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1040
1041 /**
1042 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1043 *
1044 * @since 1.21
1045 */
1046 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1047
1048 /**
1049 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1050 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1051 * at sharp edges.
1052 *
1053 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1054 *
1055 * Supported values:
1056 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1057 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1058 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1059 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1060 *
1061 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1062 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1063 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1064 *
1065 * @since 1.27
1066 */
1067 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1068
1069 /**
1070 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1071 * image formats.
1072 */
1073 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1074
1075 /**
1076 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1077 *
1078 * @since 1.26
1079 */
1080 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1081
1082 /**
1083 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1084 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1085 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1086 *
1087 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1088 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1089 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1090 */
1091 $wgSVGConverters = [
1092 'ImageMagick' =>
1093 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1094 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1095 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1096 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1097 . '$output $input',
1098 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1099 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1100 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1101 ];
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1105 */
1106 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1107
1108 /**
1109 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1110 */
1111 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1112
1113 /**
1114 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1115 */
1116 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1117
1118 /**
1119 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1120 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1121 */
1122 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1123
1124 /**
1125 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1126 *
1127 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1128 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1129 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1130 *
1131 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1132 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1133 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1134 */
1135 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1136
1137 /**
1138 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1139 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1140 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1141 *
1142 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1143 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1144 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1145 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1146 *
1147 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1148 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1149 */
1150 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1151
1152 /**
1153 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1154 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1155 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1156 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1157 */
1158 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1159
1160 /**
1161 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1162 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1163 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1164 *
1165 * @par Example:
1166 * @code
1167 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1168 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1169 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1170 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1171 * @endcode
1172 */
1173 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1174
1175 /**
1176 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1177 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1178 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1179 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1180 */
1181 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1182
1183 /**
1184 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1185 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1186 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1187 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1188 */
1189 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1190
1191 /**
1192 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1193 * output instead of showing an error message.
1194 *
1195 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1196 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1197 *
1198 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1199 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1200 * are logged to a file for review.
1201 */
1202 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1203
1204 /**
1205 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1206 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1207 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1208 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1209 * webserver(s).
1210 */
1211 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1212
1213 /**
1214 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1215 */
1216 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1217
1218 /**
1219 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1220 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1221 * is available that can rotate.
1222 */
1223 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1224
1225 /**
1226 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1227 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1228 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1229 */
1230 $wgAntivirus = null;
1231
1232 /**
1233 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1234 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1235 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1236 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1237 *
1238 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1239 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1240 *
1241 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1242 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1243 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1244 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1245 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1246 * path.
1247 *
1248 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1249 * function in SpecialUpload.
1250 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1251 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1252 * is not set.
1253 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1254 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1255 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1256 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1257 * no virus was found.
1258 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1259 * a virus.
1260 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1261 *
1262 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1263 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1264 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1265 */
1266 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1267
1268 # setup for clamav
1269 'clamav' => [
1270 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1271 'codemap' => [
1272 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1273 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1274 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1275 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1276 ],
1277 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1278 ],
1279 ];
1280
1281 /**
1282 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1283 */
1284 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1285
1286 /**
1287 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1288 */
1289 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1290
1291 /**
1292 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1293 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1294 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1295 */
1296 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1297
1298 /**
1299 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1300 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1301 */
1302 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1303
1304 /**
1305 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1306 * the MIME type to standard output.
1307 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1308 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1309 *
1310 * @par Example:
1311 * @code
1312 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1313 * @endcode
1314 */
1315 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1316
1317 /**
1318 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1319 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1320 * can be trusted.
1321 */
1322 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1323
1324 /**
1325 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1326 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1327 */
1328 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1329 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1330 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1331 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1332 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1333 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1334 ];
1335
1336 /**
1337 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1338 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1339 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1340 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1341 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1342 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1343 */
1344 $wgImageLimits = [
1345 [ 320, 240 ],
1346 [ 640, 480 ],
1347 [ 800, 600 ],
1348 [ 1024, 768 ],
1349 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1350 ];
1351
1352 /**
1353 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1354 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1355 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1356 */
1357 $wgThumbLimits = [
1358 120,
1359 150,
1360 180,
1361 200,
1362 250,
1363 300
1364 ];
1365
1366 /**
1367 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1368 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1369 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1370 *
1371 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1372 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1373 * supports it.
1374 */
1375 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1376
1377 /**
1378 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1379 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1380 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1381 * following buckets:
1382 *
1383 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1384 *
1385 * and a distance of 50:
1386 *
1387 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1388 *
1389 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1390 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1391 */
1392 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1393
1394 /**
1395 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1396 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1397 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1398 *
1399 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1400 *
1401 * @since 1.25
1402 */
1403
1404 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1405
1406 /**
1407 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1408 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1409 *
1410 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1411 * thumbnail's URL.
1412 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1413 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1414 *
1415 * @since 1.25
1416 */
1417 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1418
1419 /**
1420 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1421 *
1422 * @since 1.25
1423 */
1424 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1425
1426 /**
1427 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1428 * HTTP request to.
1429 *
1430 * @since 1.25
1431 */
1432 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1433
1434 /**
1435 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1436 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1437 *
1438 * @since 1.26
1439 */
1440 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1441
1442 /**
1443 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1444 */
1445 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1446 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1447 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1448 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1449 'captionLength' => true, // Deprecated @since 1.28
1450 // Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1451 // A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1452 // and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1453 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1454 'mode' => 'traditional',
1455 ];
1456
1457 /**
1458 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1459 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1460 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1461 */
1462 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1463
1464 /**
1465 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1466 */
1467 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1468
1469 /**
1470 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1471 *
1472 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1473 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1474 *
1475 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1476 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1477 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1478 */
1479 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1480
1481 /**
1482 * @name DJVU settings
1483 * @{
1484 */
1485
1486 /**
1487 * Path of the djvudump executable
1488 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1489 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1490 */
1491 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1492
1493 /**
1494 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1495 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1496 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1497 */
1498 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1499
1500 /**
1501 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1502 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1503 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1504 */
1505 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1506
1507 /**
1508 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1509 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1510 *
1511 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1512 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1513 * the efficiency problem.
1514 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1515 *
1516 * @par Example:
1517 * @code
1518 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1519 * @endcode
1520 */
1521 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1522
1523 /**
1524 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1525 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1526 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1527 */
1528 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1529
1530 /**
1531 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1532 */
1533 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1534
1535 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1536
1537 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1538
1539 /************************************************************************//**
1540 * @name Email settings
1541 * @{
1542 */
1543
1544 /**
1545 * Site admin email address.
1546 *
1547 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1548 */
1549 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1550
1551 /**
1552 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1553 *
1554 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1555 *
1556 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1557 */
1558 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1559
1560 /**
1561 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1562 *
1563 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1564 */
1565 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1566
1567 /**
1568 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1569 *
1570 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1571 */
1572 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1573
1574 /**
1575 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1576 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1577 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1578 */
1579 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1580
1581 /**
1582 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1583 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1584 */
1585 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * Set to true to put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1589 * instead of From. ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1590 *
1591 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1592 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1593 * when bounces are sent to the sender.
1594 */
1595 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = false;
1596
1597 /**
1598 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1599 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1600 */
1601 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1602
1603 /**
1604 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1605 */
1606 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1607
1608 /**
1609 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1610 */
1611 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1612
1613 /**
1614 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1615 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1616 */
1617 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1618
1619 /**
1620 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1621 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1622 */
1623 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1624
1625 /**
1626 * SMTP Mode.
1627 *
1628 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1629 * Default to false or fill an array :
1630 *
1631 * @code
1632 * $wgSMTP = [
1633 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1634 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1635 * 'port' => '25',
1636 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1637 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1638 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1639 * ];
1640 * @endcode
1641 */
1642 $wgSMTP = false;
1643
1644 /**
1645 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1646 */
1647 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1648
1649 /**
1650 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1651 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1652 */
1653 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1654
1655 /**
1656 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1657 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1658 */
1659 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1660
1661 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1662 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1663 # enable or disable at their discretion
1664 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1665 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1666
1667 /**
1668 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1669 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1670 * spam relay.
1671 */
1672 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1673
1674 /**
1675 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1676 */
1677 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1678
1679 /**
1680 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1681 * user talk page.
1682 *
1683 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1684 * preference set to true.
1685 */
1686 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1687
1688 /**
1689 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1690 * allowed this in the preferences.
1691 */
1692 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1693
1694 /**
1695 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1696 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1697 *
1698 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1699 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1700 *
1701 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1702 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1703 *
1704 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1705 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1706 */
1707 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1708
1709 /**
1710 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1711 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1712 *
1713 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1714 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1715 */
1716 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1717
1718 /**
1719 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1720 * match the limit on your mail server.
1721 */
1722 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1723
1724 /**
1725 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1726 */
1727 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1728
1729 /**
1730 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1731 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1732 */
1733 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1734
1735 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1736
1737 /************************************************************************//**
1738 * @name Database settings
1739 * @{
1740 */
1741
1742 /**
1743 * Database host name or IP address
1744 */
1745 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1746
1747 /**
1748 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1749 */
1750 $wgDBport = 5432;
1751
1752 /**
1753 * Name of the database
1754 */
1755 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1756
1757 /**
1758 * Database username
1759 */
1760 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1761
1762 /**
1763 * Database user's password
1764 */
1765 $wgDBpassword = '';
1766
1767 /**
1768 * Database type
1769 */
1770 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1771
1772 /**
1773 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1774 *
1775 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1776 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1777 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1778 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1779 */
1780 $wgDBssl = false;
1781
1782 /**
1783 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1784 *
1785 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1786 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1787 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1788 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1789 */
1790 $wgDBcompress = false;
1791
1792 /**
1793 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1794 */
1795 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1796
1797 /**
1798 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1799 */
1800 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1801
1802 /**
1803 * Search type.
1804 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1805 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1806 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1807 */
1808 $wgSearchType = null;
1809
1810 /**
1811 * Alternative search types
1812 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1813 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1814 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1815 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1816 */
1817 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1818
1819 /**
1820 * Table name prefix
1821 */
1822 $wgDBprefix = '';
1823
1824 /**
1825 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1826 */
1827 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1828
1829 /**
1830 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1831 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1832 * DBA has done his best job.
1833 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1834 */
1835 $wgSQLMode = '';
1836
1837 /**
1838 * Mediawiki schema
1839 */
1840 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1841
1842 /**
1843 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1844 */
1845 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1846
1847 /**
1848 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1849 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1850 * main database.
1851 *
1852 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1853 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1854 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1855 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1856 *
1857 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1858 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1859 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1860 *
1861 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1862 * $wgDBprefix.
1863 *
1864 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1865 * $wgDBmwschema.
1866 *
1867 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1868 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1869 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1870 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1871 */
1872 $wgSharedDB = null;
1873
1874 /**
1875 * @see $wgSharedDB
1876 */
1877 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1878
1879 /**
1880 * @see $wgSharedDB
1881 */
1882 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1883
1884 /**
1885 * @see $wgSharedDB
1886 * @since 1.23
1887 */
1888 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1889
1890 /**
1891 * Database load balancer
1892 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1893 * Fields are:
1894 * - host: Host name
1895 * - dbname: Default database name
1896 * - user: DB user
1897 * - password: DB password
1898 * - type: DB type
1899 *
1900 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1901 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1902 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1903 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1904 *
1905 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1906 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1907 *
1908 * - flags: bit field
1909 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1910 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1911 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1912 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1913 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1914 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1915 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1916 * if available
1917 *
1918 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1919 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1920 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1921 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1922 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1923 *
1924 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1925 * variable of the Database object.
1926 *
1927 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1928 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1929 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1930 *
1931 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1932 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1933 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1934 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1935 *
1936 * @code
1937 * SET @@read_only=1;
1938 * @endcode
1939 *
1940 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1941 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1942 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1943 */
1944 $wgDBservers = false;
1945
1946 /**
1947 * Load balancer factory configuration
1948 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1949 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1950 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1951 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1952 *
1953 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1954 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1955 */
1956 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1957
1958 /**
1959 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1960 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1961 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1962 * @since 1.27
1963 */
1964 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1965
1966 /**
1967 * File to log database errors to
1968 */
1969 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1970
1971 /**
1972 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1973 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1974 *
1975 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1976 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1977 *
1978 * @par Examples:
1979 * @code
1980 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1981 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1982 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1983 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1984 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1985 * @endcode
1986 *
1987 * @since 1.20
1988 */
1989 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1990
1991 /**
1992 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1993 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1994 *
1995 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1996 *
1997 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1998 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
1999 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2000 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2001 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2002 *
2003 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2004 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2005 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2006 */
2007 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2008
2009 /**
2010 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2011 *
2012 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2013 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2014 * block).
2015 *
2016 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2017 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2018 * connections.
2019 *
2020 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2021 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2022 * pooled.
2023 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2024 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2025 *
2026 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2027 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2028 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2029 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2030 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2031 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2032 *
2033 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2034 */
2035 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2036
2037 /**
2038 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2039 * account.
2040 * Array numeric key => database name
2041 */
2042 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2043
2044 /**
2045 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2046 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2047 * show a more obvious warning.
2048 */
2049 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2050
2051 /**
2052 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2053 */
2054 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2055
2056 /**
2057 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2058 */
2059 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2060
2061 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2062
2063 /************************************************************************//**
2064 * @name Text storage
2065 * @{
2066 */
2067
2068 /**
2069 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2070 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2071 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2072 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2073 */
2074 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2075
2076 /**
2077 * External stores allow including content
2078 * from non database sources following URL links.
2079 *
2080 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2081 * @code
2082 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2083 * @endcode
2084 *
2085 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2086 */
2087 $wgExternalStores = [];
2088
2089 /**
2090 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2091 *
2092 * @par Example:
2093 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2094 * @code
2095 * $wgExternalServers = [
2096 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2097 * ];
2098 * @endcode
2099 *
2100 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2101 * another class.
2102 */
2103 $wgExternalServers = [];
2104
2105 /**
2106 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2107 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2108 *
2109 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2110 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2111 *
2112 * @par Example:
2113 * @code
2114 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2115 * @endcode
2116 *
2117 * @var array
2118 */
2119 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2120
2121 /**
2122 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2123 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2124 *
2125 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2126 */
2127 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2128
2129 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2130
2131 /************************************************************************//**
2132 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2133 * @{
2134 */
2135
2136 /**
2137 * Disable database-intensive features
2138 */
2139 $wgMiserMode = false;
2140
2141 /**
2142 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2143 */
2144 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2145
2146 /**
2147 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2148 */
2149 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2150
2151 /**
2152 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2153 */
2154 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2155
2156 /**
2157 * Enable slow parser functions
2158 */
2159 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2160
2161 /**
2162 * Allow schema updates
2163 */
2164 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2165
2166 /**
2167 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2168 */
2169 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2170
2171 /**
2172 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2173 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2174 */
2175 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2176
2177 /**
2178 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2179 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2180 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2181 * @since 1.26
2182 */
2183 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2184
2185 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2186
2187 /************************************************************************//**
2188 * @name Cache settings
2189 * @{
2190 */
2191
2192 /**
2193 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2194 * from the web.
2195 *
2196 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2197 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2198 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2199 */
2200 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2201
2202 /**
2203 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2204 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2205 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2206 *
2207 * The options are:
2208 *
2209 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2210 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2211 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2212 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2213 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2214 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2215 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2216 *
2217 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2218 */
2219 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2220
2221 /**
2222 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2223 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2224 *
2225 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2226 */
2227 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2228
2229 /**
2230 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2231 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2232 *
2233 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2234 */
2235 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2236
2237 /**
2238 * The cache type for storing session data.
2239 *
2240 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2241 */
2242 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2243
2244 /**
2245 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2246 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2247 *
2248 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2249 *
2250 * @since 1.20
2251 */
2252 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2253
2254 /**
2255 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2256 *
2257 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2258 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2259 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2260 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2261 *
2262 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2263 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2264 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2265 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2266 */
2267 $wgObjectCaches = [
2268 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2269 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2270
2271 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2272 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2273 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2274
2275 'db-replicated' => [
2276 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2277 'readFactory' => [
2278 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2279 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2280 ],
2281 'writeFactory' => [
2282 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2283 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2284 ],
2285 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2286 'reportDupes' => false
2287 ],
2288
2289 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2290 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2291 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2292 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2293 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2294 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2295 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2296 ];
2297
2298 /**
2299 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2300 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2301 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2302 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2303 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2304 *
2305 * The options are:
2306 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2307 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2308 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2309 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2310 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2311 * @since 1.26
2312 */
2313 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2314
2315 /**
2316 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2317 *
2318 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2319 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2320 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2321 *
2322 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2323 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2324 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2325 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2326 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2327 *
2328 * @since 1.26
2329 */
2330 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2331 CACHE_NONE => [
2332 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2333 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2334 'channels' => []
2335 ]
2336 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2337 'memcached-php' => [
2338 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2339 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2340 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2341 ]
2342 */
2343 ];
2344
2345 /**
2346 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2347 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2348 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2349 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2350 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2351 *
2352 * The options are:
2353 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2354 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2355 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2356 *
2357 * @since 1.26
2358 */
2359 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2360
2361 /**
2362 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2363 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2364 */
2365 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2366
2367 /**
2368 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2369 */
2370 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2371
2372 /**
2373 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2374 */
2375 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2376
2377 /**
2378 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2379 */
2380 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2381
2382 /**
2383 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2384 *
2385 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2386 *
2387 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2388 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2389 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2390 * others' cookies.
2391 *
2392 * @since 1.27
2393 * @var string
2394 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2395 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2396 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2397 */
2398 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2399
2400 /**
2401 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2402 *
2403 * @since 1.28
2404 */
2405 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2406
2407 /**
2408 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2409 */
2410 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2411
2412 /**
2413 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2414 */
2415 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2416
2417 /**
2418 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2419 * requests.
2420 */
2421 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2422
2423 /**
2424 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2425 */
2426 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2427
2428 /**
2429 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2430 *
2431 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2432 *
2433 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2434 *
2435 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2436 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2437 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2438 */
2439 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2440
2441 /**
2442 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2443 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2444 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2445 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2446 */
2447 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2448
2449 /**
2450 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2451 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2452 *
2453 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2454 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2455 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2456 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2457 * otherwise the database will be used.
2458 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2459 * store static arrays.
2460 *
2461 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2462 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2463 *
2464 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2465 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2466 * will be used.
2467 *
2468 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2469 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2470 */
2471 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2472 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2473 'store' => 'detect',
2474 'storeClass' => false,
2475 'storeDirectory' => false,
2476 'manualRecache' => false,
2477 ];
2478
2479 /**
2480 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2481 */
2482 $wgCachePages = true;
2483
2484 /**
2485 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2486 * client-side and server-side caching.
2487 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2488 * @verbatim
2489 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2490 * @endverbatim
2491 */
2492 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2493
2494 /**
2495 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2496 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2497 */
2498 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2499
2500 /**
2501 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2502 *
2503 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2504 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2505 * styles.
2506 */
2507 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2508
2509 /**
2510 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2511 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2512 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2513 */
2514 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2515
2516 /**
2517 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2518 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2519 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2520 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2521 */
2522 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2523
2524 /**
2525 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2526 * @deprecated since 1.26
2527 */
2528 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2529
2530 /**
2531 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2532 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2533 */
2534 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2535
2536 /**
2537 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2538 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2539 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2540 *
2541 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2542 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2543 * don't update as expected.
2544 */
2545 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2546
2547 /**
2548 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2549 */
2550 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2551
2552 /**
2553 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2554 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2555 *
2556 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2557 */
2558 $wgUseGzip = false;
2559
2560 /**
2561 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2562 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2563 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2564 * a grace period.
2565 */
2566 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2567
2568 /**
2569 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2570 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2571 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2572 *
2573 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2574 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2575 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2576 */
2577 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2578
2579 /**
2580 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2581 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2582 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2583 *
2584 * @par Example:
2585 * @code
2586 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2587 * @endcode
2588 *
2589 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2590 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2591 *
2592 * @var int|bool
2593 */
2594 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2595
2596 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2597
2598 /************************************************************************//**
2599 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2600 *
2601 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2602 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2603 *
2604 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2605 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2606 * more details.
2607 *
2608 * @{
2609 */
2610
2611 /**
2612 * Enable/disable CDN.
2613 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2614 */
2615 $wgUseSquid = false;
2616
2617 /**
2618 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2619 */
2620 $wgUseESI = false;
2621
2622 /**
2623 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2624 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2625 * @since 1.27
2626 */
2627 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2628
2629 /**
2630 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2631 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2632 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2633 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2634 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2635 * HTTP redirects.
2636 */
2637 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2638
2639 /**
2640 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2641 *
2642 * @par Example:
2643 * @code
2644 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2645 * @endcode
2646 */
2647 $wgInternalServer = false;
2648
2649 /**
2650 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2651 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2652 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2653 *
2654 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2655 */
2656 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2657
2658 /**
2659 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2660 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2661 * @since 1.27
2662 */
2663 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2664
2665 /**
2666 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2667 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2668 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2669 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2670 *
2671 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2672 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2673 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2674 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2675 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2676 *
2677 * @since 1.27
2678 */
2679 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2680
2681 /**
2682 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2683 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2684 * @since 1.27
2685 */
2686 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2687
2688 /**
2689 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2690 *
2691 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2692 */
2693 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2694
2695 /**
2696 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2697 *
2698 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2699 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2700 *
2701 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2702 */
2703 $wgSquidServers = [];
2704
2705 /**
2706 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2707 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2708 * CIDR blocks.
2709 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2710 */
2711 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2712
2713 /**
2714 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2715 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2716 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2717 *
2718 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2719 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2720 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2721 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2722 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2723 *
2724 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2725 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2726 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2727 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2728 * reverse).
2729 *
2730 * @since 1.21
2731 */
2732 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2733
2734 /**
2735 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2736 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2737 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2738 *
2739 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2740 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2741 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2742 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2743 *
2744 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2745 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2746 * @code
2747 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2748 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2749 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2750 * 'port' => 4827,
2751 * ],
2752 * '' => [
2753 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2754 * 'port' => 4827,
2755 * ],
2756 * ];
2757 * @endcode
2758 *
2759 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2760 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2761 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2762 *
2763 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2764 * @code
2765 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2766 * '' => [
2767 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2768 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2769 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2770 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2771 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2772 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2773 * ],
2774 * ];
2775 * @endcode
2776 *
2777 * @since 1.22
2778 *
2779 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2780 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2781 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2782 *
2783 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2784 */
2785 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2786
2787 /**
2788 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2789 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2790 */
2791 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2792
2793 /**
2794 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2795 */
2796 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2797
2798 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2799
2800 /************************************************************************//**
2801 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2802 * @{
2803 */
2804
2805 /**
2806 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2807 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2808 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2809 *
2810 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2811 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2812 *
2813 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2814 * change it in their preferences.
2815 *
2816 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2817 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2818 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2819 */
2820 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2821
2822 /**
2823 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2824 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2825 */
2826 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2827
2828 /**
2829 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2830 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2831 *
2832 * @par Example:
2833 * @code
2834 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2835 * @endcode
2836 */
2837 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2838
2839 /**
2840 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2841 */
2842 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2843
2844 /**
2845 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2846 */
2847 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2848
2849 /**
2850 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2851 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2852 * Notes:
2853 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2854 * map.
2855 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2856 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2857 * this array.
2858 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2859 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2860 * the prefix in this array.
2861 */
2862 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2863
2864 /**
2865 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2866 */
2867 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2868
2869 /**
2870 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2871 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2872 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2873 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2874 */
2875 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2876 'als' => 'gsw',
2877 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2878 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2879 'bh' => 'bho',
2880 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2881 'no' => 'nb',
2882 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2883 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2884 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2885 'simple' => 'en',
2886 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2887 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2888 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2889 ];
2890
2891 /**
2892 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2893 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2894 * set to "ar".
2895 *
2896 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2897 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2898 */
2899 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2900
2901 /**
2902 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2903 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2904 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2905 * support these characters.
2906 *
2907 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2908 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2909 */
2910 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2911
2912 /**
2913 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2914 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2915 * impact.
2916 *
2917 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2918 * details.
2919 *
2920 * @since 1.17
2921 */
2922 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2923
2924 /**
2925 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2926 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2927 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2928 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2929 *
2930 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2931 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2932 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2933 */
2934 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2935
2936 /**
2937 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2938 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2939 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2940 */
2941 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2942 /**
2943 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2944 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2945 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2946 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2947 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2948 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2949 *
2950 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2951 */
2952 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2953 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2954 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2955
2956 /**
2957 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2958 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2959 *
2960 * Known useragents:
2961 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2962 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2963 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2964 * - [...]
2965 *
2966 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2967 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2968 */
2969 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2970
2971 /**
2972 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2973 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2974 */
2975 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2976 ];
2977
2978 /**
2979 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2980 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2981 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2982 *
2983 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2984 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2985 * to remain viewable.
2986 *
2987 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2988 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2989 */
2990 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
2991
2992 /**
2993 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
2994 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
2995 */
2996 $wgAmericanDates = false;
2997
2998 /**
2999 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3000 * numerals in interface.
3001 */
3002 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3003
3004 /**
3005 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3006 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3007 */
3008 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3009
3010 /**
3011 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3012 */
3013 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3014
3015 /**
3016 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3017 */
3018 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3019
3020 /**
3021 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3022 */
3023 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3024
3025 /**
3026 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3027 */
3028 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3029
3030 /**
3031 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3032 */
3033 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3034
3035 /**
3036 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3037 *
3038 * @par Example:
3039 * @code
3040 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3041 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3042 * @endcode
3043 */
3044 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3045
3046 /**
3047 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3048 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3049 * language variant.
3050 *
3051 * @par Example:
3052 * @code
3053 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3054 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3055 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3056 * @endcode
3057 *
3058 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3059 *
3060 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3061 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3062 */
3063 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3064
3065 /**
3066 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3067 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3068 * customise these.
3069 */
3070 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3071
3072 /**
3073 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3074 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3075 *
3076 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3077 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3078 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3079 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3080 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3081 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3082 * the default behavior.
3083 *
3084 * @par Example:
3085 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3086 * portal:
3087 * @code
3088 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3089 * @endcode
3090 */
3091 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3092
3093 /**
3094 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3095 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3096 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3097 *
3098 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3099 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3100 *
3101 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3102 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3103 *
3104 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3105 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3106 *
3107 * @par Examples:
3108 * @code
3109 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3110 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3111 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3112 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3113 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3114 * @endcode
3115 */
3116 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3117
3118 /**
3119 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3120 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3121 *
3122 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3123 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3124 *
3125 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3126 */
3127 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3128
3129 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3130
3131 /*************************************************************************//**
3132 * @name Output format and skin settings
3133 * @{
3134 */
3135
3136 /**
3137 * The default Content-Type header.
3138 */
3139 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3140
3141 /**
3142 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3143 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3144 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3145 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3146 * @deprecated since 1.22
3147 */
3148 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3149
3150 /**
3151 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3152 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3153 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3154 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3155 * @deprecated since 1.22
3156 */
3157 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3158
3159 /**
3160 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3161 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3162 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3163 * to true by Setup.php.
3164 * @deprecated since 1.22
3165 */
3166 $wgHtml5 = true;
3167
3168 /**
3169 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3170 *
3171 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3172 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3173 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3174 * @since 1.16
3175 */
3176 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3177
3178 /**
3179 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3180 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3181 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3182 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3183 * @since 1.24
3184 */
3185 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3186
3187 /**
3188 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3189 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3190 * stable and change has been communicated.
3191 * @since 1.24
3192 */
3193 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3194
3195 /**
3196 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3197 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3198 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3199 *
3200 * @since 1.28
3201 */
3202 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3203
3204 /**
3205 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3206 *
3207 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3208 *
3209 * @par Example:
3210 * @code
3211 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3212 * @endcode
3213 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3214 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3215 *
3216 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3217 */
3218 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3219
3220 /**
3221 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3222 *
3223 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3224 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3225 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3226 */
3227 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3228
3229 /**
3230 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3231 */
3232 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3233
3234 /**
3235 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3236 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3237 */
3238 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3239
3240 /**
3241 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3242 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3243 */
3244 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3245
3246 /**
3247 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3248 *
3249 * @since 1.24
3250 */
3251 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3252
3253 /**
3254 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3255 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3256 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3257 */
3258 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3259
3260 /**
3261 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3262 */
3263 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3264
3265 /**
3266 * Allow user Javascript page?
3267 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3268 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3269 */
3270 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3271
3272 /**
3273 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3274 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3275 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3276 */
3277 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3278
3279 /**
3280 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3281 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3282 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3283 */
3284 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3285
3286 /**
3287 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3288 */
3289 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3290
3291 /**
3292 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3293 */
3294 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3295
3296 /**
3297 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3298 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3299 */
3300 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3301
3302 /**
3303 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3304 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3305 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3306 *
3307 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3308 *
3309 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3310 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3311 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3312 *
3313 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3314 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3315 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3316 * recommended.
3317 *
3318 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3319 * not just edit pages.
3320 */
3321 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3322
3323 /**
3324 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3325 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3326 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3327 * Options are:
3328 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3329 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3330 * - false: Allow all framing.
3331 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3332 */
3333 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3334
3335 /**
3336 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3337 */
3338 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3339
3340 /**
3341 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3342 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3343 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3344 *
3345 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3346 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3347 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3348 */
3349 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3350
3351 /**
3352 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3353 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3354 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3355 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3356 *
3357 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3358 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3359 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3360 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3361 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3362 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3363 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3364 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3365 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3366 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3367 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3368 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3369 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3370 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3371 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3372 * not be outputted
3373 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3374 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3375 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3376 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3377 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3378 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3379 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3380 */
3381 $wgFooterIcons = [
3382 "copyright" => [
3383 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3384 ],
3385 "poweredby" => [
3386 "mediawiki" => [
3387 // Defaults to point at
3388 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3389 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3390 "src" => null,
3391 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3392 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3393 ]
3394 ],
3395 ];
3396
3397 /**
3398 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3399 * to create an account.
3400 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3401 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3402 */
3403 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3404
3405 /**
3406 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3407 */
3408 $wgEdititis = false;
3409
3410 /**
3411 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3412 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3413 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3414 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3415 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3416 *
3417 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3418 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3419 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3420 */
3421 $wgSend404Code = true;
3422
3423 /**
3424 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3425 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3426 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3427 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3428 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3429 *
3430 * @since 1.20
3431 */
3432 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3433
3434 /**
3435 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3436 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3437 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3438 * unconditionally.
3439 */
3440 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3441
3442 /**
3443 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3444 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3445 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3446 * the domain root.
3447 *
3448 * @since 1.25
3449 */
3450 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3451
3452 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3453
3454 /*************************************************************************//**
3455 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3456 * @{
3457 */
3458
3459 /**
3460 * Client-side resource modules.
3461 *
3462 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3463 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3464 *
3465 * @par Example:
3466 * @code
3467 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3468 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3469 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3470 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3471 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3472 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3473 * ];
3474 * @endcode
3475 */
3476 $wgResourceModules = [];
3477
3478 /**
3479 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3480 *
3481 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3482 * not be modified or disabled.
3483 *
3484 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3485 *
3486 * @par Example:
3487 * @code
3488 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3489 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3490 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3491 * ];
3492 *
3493 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3494 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3495 * ];
3496 * @endcode
3497 *
3498 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3499 *
3500 * @par Equivalent:
3501 * @code
3502 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3503 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3504 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3505 * 'skinStyles' => [
3506 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3507 * ],
3508 * ];
3509 * @endcode
3510 *
3511 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3512 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3513 *
3514 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3515 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3516 *
3517 * @par Example:
3518 * @code
3519 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3520 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3521 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3522 * 'skinStyles' => [
3523 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3524 * ],
3525 * ];
3526 * // Note the '+' character:
3527 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3528 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3529 * ];
3530 * @endcode
3531 *
3532 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3533 *
3534 * @par Equivalent:
3535 * @code
3536 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3537 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3538 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3539 * 'skinStyles' => [
3540 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3541 * 'foo' => [
3542 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3543 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3544 * ],
3545 * ],
3546 * ];
3547 * @endcode
3548 *
3549 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3550 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3551 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3552 *
3553 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3554 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3555 *
3556 * @par Example:
3557 * @code
3558 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3559 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3560 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3561 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3562 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3563 * ];
3564 * @endcode
3565 */
3566 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3567
3568 /**
3569 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3570 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3571 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3572 *
3573 * @par Example:
3574 * @code
3575 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3576 * @endcode
3577 */
3578 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3579
3580 /**
3581 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3582 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3583 */
3584 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3585
3586 /**
3587 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3588 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3589 *
3590 * Following options to distinguish:
3591 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3592 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3593 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3594 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3595 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3596 *
3597 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3598 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3599 * client and MediaWiki.
3600 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3601 */
3602 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3603 'versioned' => [
3604 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3605 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3606 ],
3607 'unversioned' => [
3608 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3609 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3610 ],
3611 ];
3612
3613 /**
3614 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3615 *
3616 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3617 */
3618 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3619
3620 /**
3621 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3622 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3623 *
3624 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3625 */
3626 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3627
3628 /**
3629 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3630 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3631 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3632 *
3633 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3634 */
3635 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3636
3637 /**
3638 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3639 *
3640 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3641 */
3642 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3643
3644 /**
3645 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3646 *
3647 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3648 * work.
3649 *
3650 * @par Example of legacy code:
3651 * @code{,js}
3652 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3653 * @endcode
3654 * or:
3655 * @code{,js}
3656 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3657 * @endcode
3658 *
3659 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3660 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3661 * @code{,js}
3662 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3663 * @endcode
3664 * or:
3665 * @code{,js}
3666 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3667 * @endcode
3668 */
3669 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3670
3671 /**
3672 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3673 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3674 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3675 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3676 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3677 * that you can't increase.
3678 *
3679 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3680 * string length limit.
3681 *
3682 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3683 */
3684 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3685
3686 /**
3687 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3688 * prior to minification to validate it.
3689 *
3690 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3691 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3692 */
3693 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3694
3695 /**
3696 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3697 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3698 *
3699 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3700 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3701 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3702 */
3703 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3704
3705 /**
3706 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3707 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3708 *
3709 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3710 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3711 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3712 *
3713 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3714 *
3715 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3716 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3717 *
3718 * @par Example:
3719 * @code
3720 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3721 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3722 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3723 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3724 * ];
3725 * @endcode
3726 * @since 1.22
3727 */
3728 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3729 /**
3730 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3731 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3732 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3733 * @since 1.27
3734 */
3735 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3736 ];
3737
3738 /**
3739 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3740 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3741 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3742 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3743 *
3744 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3745 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3746 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3747 * files from its own tree.
3748 *
3749 * @since 1.22
3750 */
3751 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3752 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3753 ];
3754
3755 /**
3756 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3757 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3758 */
3759 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3760
3761 /**
3762 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3763 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3764 *
3765 * @since 1.23
3766 */
3767 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3768
3769 /**
3770 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3771 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3772 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3773 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3774 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3775 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3776 * from the rest of the site.
3777 *
3778 * @since 1.25
3779 */
3780 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3781
3782 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3783
3784 /*************************************************************************//**
3785 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3786 * @{
3787 */
3788
3789 /**
3790 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3791 * used instead.
3792 */
3793 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3794
3795 /**
3796 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3797 *
3798 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3799 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3800 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3801 */
3802 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3803
3804 /**
3805 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3806 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3807 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3808 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3809 * hook or extension.json.
3810 *
3811 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3812 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3813 * the new namespace name.
3814 *
3815 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3816 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3817 *
3818 * @par Example:
3819 * @code
3820 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3821 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3822 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3823 * 102 => "Aide",
3824 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3825 * ];
3826 * @endcode
3827 *
3828 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3829 */
3830 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3831
3832 /**
3833 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3834 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3835 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3836 * @since 1.18
3837 */
3838 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3839
3840 /**
3841 * Namespace aliases.
3842 *
3843 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3844 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3845 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3846 * name.
3847 *
3848 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3849 *
3850 * @par Example:
3851 * @code
3852 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3853 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3854 * 'Help' => 100,
3855 * ];
3856 * @endcode
3857 */
3858 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3859
3860 /**
3861 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3862 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3863 *
3864 * Problematic punctuation:
3865 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3866 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3867 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3868 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3869 * corrupted by apache
3870 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3871 *
3872 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3873 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3874 *
3875 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3876 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3877 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3878 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3879 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3880 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3881 *
3882 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3883 *
3884 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3885 * this breaks interlanguage links
3886 */
3887 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3888
3889 /**
3890 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3891 *
3892 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3893 */
3894 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3895
3896 /**
3897 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3898 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3899 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3900 *
3901 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3902 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3903 */
3904 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3905
3906 /**
3907 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3908 */
3909 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3910
3911 /**
3912 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3913 * @{
3914 */
3915
3916 /**
3917 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3918 * database (.cdb) file.
3919 *
3920 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3921 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3922 * formats such as the following:
3923 *
3924 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3925 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3926 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3927 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3928 *
3929 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3930 * data layout.
3931 *
3932 * @var bool|array|string
3933 */
3934 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3935
3936 /**
3937 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3938 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3939 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3940 * - 3: site levels
3941 */
3942 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3943
3944 /**
3945 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3946 */
3947 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3948
3949 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3950
3951 /**
3952 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3953 * @{
3954 */
3955
3956 /**
3957 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3958 */
3959 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3960
3961 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3962
3963 /**
3964 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3965 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3966 * as 'redirected from' links.
3967 *
3968 * @par Example:
3969 * It might look something like this:
3970 * @code
3971 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3972 * @endcode
3973 *
3974 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3975 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3976 * the URL.
3977 */
3978 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3979
3980 /**
3981 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3982 *
3983 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3984 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3985 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3986 */
3987 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3988
3989 /**
3990 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3991 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3992 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3993 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3994 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
3995 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
3996 * NS_FILE.
3997 *
3998 * @par Example:
3999 * @code
4000 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4001 * @endcode
4002 */
4003 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4004
4005 /**
4006 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4007 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4008 */
4009 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4010 NS_TALK => true,
4011 NS_USER => true,
4012 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4013 NS_PROJECT => true,
4014 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4015 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4016 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4017 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4018 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4019 NS_HELP => true,
4020 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4021 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4022 ];
4023
4024 /**
4025 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4026 *
4027 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4028 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4029 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4030 *
4031 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4032 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4033 *
4034 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4035 * the new extension registration system.
4036 *
4037 * @since 1.23
4038 */
4039 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4040
4041 /**
4042 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4043 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4044 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4045 * number of articles in the wiki.
4046 */
4047 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4048
4049 /**
4050 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4051 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4052 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4053 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4054 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4055 */
4056 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4057
4058 /**
4059 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4060 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4061 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4062 */
4063 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4064
4065 /**
4066 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4067 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4068 * will make the redirect fail.
4069 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4070 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4071 *
4072 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4073 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4074 */
4075 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4076
4077 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4078
4079 /************************************************************************//**
4080 * @name Parser settings
4081 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4082 * @{
4083 */
4084
4085 /**
4086 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4087 *
4088 * class The class name
4089 *
4090 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4091 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4092 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4093 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4094 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4095 *
4096 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4097 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4098 *
4099 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4100 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4101 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4102 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4103 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4104 * an extension setup function.
4105 */
4106 $wgParserConf = [
4107 'class' => 'Parser',
4108 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4109 ];
4110
4111 /**
4112 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4113 */
4114 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4115
4116 /**
4117 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4118 * by PPFrame::expand()
4119 */
4120 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4121
4122 /**
4123 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4124 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4125 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4126 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4127 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4128 *
4129 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4130 */
4131 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4132
4133 /**
4134 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4135 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4136 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4137 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4138 */
4139 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4140
4141 /**
4142 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4143 */
4144 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4145
4146 /**
4147 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4148 *
4149 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4150 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4151 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4152 * more information.
4153 *
4154 * @see wfParseUrl
4155 */
4156 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4157 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4158 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4159 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4160 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4161 ];
4162
4163 /**
4164 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4165 */
4166 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4167
4168 /**
4169 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4170 */
4171 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4172
4173 /**
4174 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4175 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4176 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4177 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4178 *
4179 * @par Examples:
4180 * @code
4181 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4182 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4183 * @endcode
4184 */
4185 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4186
4187 /**
4188 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4189 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4190 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4191 * The image will be displayed.
4192 *
4193 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4194 * Or false to disable it
4195 */
4196 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4197
4198 /**
4199 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4200 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4201 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4202 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4203 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4204 * sites they control.
4205 */
4206 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4207
4208 /**
4209 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4210 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4211 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4212 *
4213 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4214 * parameters will be used instead.
4215 *
4216 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4217 *
4218 * Keys are:
4219 * - driver: May be:
4220 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4221 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4222 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4223 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4224 * - Html5Internal: Use the built-in HTML5 balancer
4225 *
4226 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4227 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4228 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4229 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4230 */
4231 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4232
4233 /**
4234 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4235 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4236 */
4237 $wgUseTidy = false;
4238
4239 /**
4240 * The path to the tidy binary.
4241 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4242 */
4243 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4244
4245 /**
4246 * The path to the tidy config file
4247 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4248 */
4249 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4250
4251 /**
4252 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4253 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4254 */
4255 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4256
4257 /**
4258 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4259 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4260 */
4261 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4262
4263 /**
4264 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4265 * Only works for internal tidy.
4266 */
4267 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4268
4269 /**
4270 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4271 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4272 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4273 */
4274 $wgRawHtml = false;
4275
4276 /**
4277 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4278 *
4279 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4280 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4281 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4282 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4283 * to some of your users.
4284 */
4285 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4286
4287 /**
4288 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4289 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4290 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4291 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4292 */
4293 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4294
4295 /**
4296 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4297 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4298 */
4299 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4300
4301 /**
4302 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4303 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4304 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4305 *
4306 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4307 *
4308 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4309 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4310 * etc.
4311 *
4312 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4313 */
4314 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4315
4316 /**
4317 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4318 */
4319 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4320
4321 /**
4322 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4323 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4324 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4325 */
4326 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4327
4328 /**
4329 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4330 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4331 */
4332 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4333
4334 /**
4335 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4336 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4337 */
4338 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4339
4340 /**
4341 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4342 */
4343 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4344
4345 /**
4346 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4347 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4348 */
4349 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4350
4351 /**
4352 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4353 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4354 *
4355 * @since 1.28
4356 */
4357 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4358 'ISBN' => false,
4359 'PMID' => false,
4360 'RFC' => false
4361 ];
4362
4363 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4364
4365 /************************************************************************//**
4366 * @name Statistics
4367 * @{
4368 */
4369
4370 /**
4371 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4372 * as a valid article.
4373 *
4374 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4375 *
4376 * This variable can have the following values:
4377 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4378 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4379 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4380 *
4381 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4382 *
4383 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4384 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4385 * script.
4386 */
4387 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4388
4389 /**
4390 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4391 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4392 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4393 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4394 * numbers between different wikis.
4395 */
4396 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4397
4398 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4399
4400 /************************************************************************//**
4401 * @name User accounts, authentication
4402 * @{
4403 */
4404
4405 /**
4406 * Central ID lookup providers
4407 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4408 * @since 1.27
4409 */
4410 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4411 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4412 ];
4413
4414 /**
4415 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4416 * @var string
4417 */
4418 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4419
4420 /**
4421 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4422 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4423 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4424 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4425 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4426 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4427 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4428 * Statements:
4429 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4430 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4431 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4432 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4433 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4434 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4435 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4436 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4437 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4438 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4439 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4440 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4441 * @since 1.26
4442 */
4443 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4444 'policies' => [
4445 'bureaucrat' => [
4446 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4447 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4448 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4449 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4450 ],
4451 'sysop' => [
4452 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4453 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4454 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4455 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4456 ],
4457 'bot' => [
4458 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4459 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4460 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4461 ],
4462 'default' => [
4463 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4464 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4465 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4466 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4467 ],
4468 ],
4469 'checks' => [
4470 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4471 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4472 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4473 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4474 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4475 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4476 ],
4477 ];
4478
4479 /**
4480 * Configure AuthManager
4481 *
4482 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4483 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4484 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4485 * (default is 0).
4486 *
4487 * Elements are:
4488 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4489 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4490 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4491 *
4492 * @since 1.27
4493 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4494 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4495 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4496 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4497 */
4498 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4499
4500 /**
4501 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4502 * @since 1.27
4503 */
4504 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4505 'preauth' => [
4506 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4507 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4508 'sort' => 0,
4509 ],
4510 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4511 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4512 'sort' => 0,
4513 ],
4514 ],
4515 'primaryauth' => [
4516 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4517 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4518 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4519 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4520 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4521 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4522 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4523 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4524 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4525 'args' => [ [
4526 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4527 'authoritative' => false,
4528 ] ],
4529 'sort' => 0,
4530 ],
4531 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4532 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4533 'args' => [ [
4534 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4535 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4536 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4537 // password") if it too fails.
4538 'authoritative' => true,
4539 ] ],
4540 'sort' => 100,
4541 ],
4542 ],
4543 'secondaryauth' => [
4544 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4545 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4546 'sort' => 0,
4547 ],
4548 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4549 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4550 'sort' => 100,
4551 ],
4552 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4553 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4554 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4555 // 'sort' => 100,
4556 // ],
4557 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4558 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4559 'sort' => 200,
4560 ],
4561 ],
4562 ];
4563
4564 /**
4565 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4566 *
4567 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4568 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4569 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4570 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4571 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4572 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4573 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4574 * that needs to do this.
4575 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4576 * the last X seconds.
4577 * - Come up with a third option.
4578 *
4579 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4580 * "X seconds".
4581 *
4582 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4583 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4584 * - LinkAccounts
4585 * - UnlinkAccount
4586 * - ChangeCredentials
4587 * - RemoveCredentials
4588 * - ChangeEmail
4589 *
4590 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4591 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4592 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4593 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4594 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4595 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4596 *
4597 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4598 *
4599 * @since 1.27
4600 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4601 */
4602 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4603 'default' => 300,
4604 ];
4605
4606 /**
4607 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4608 *
4609 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4610 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4611 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4612 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4613 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4614 *
4615 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4616 *
4617 * @since 1.27
4618 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4619 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4620 */
4621 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4622 'default' => true,
4623 ];
4624
4625 /**
4626 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4627 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4628 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4629 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4630 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4631 * @since 1.27
4632 * @var string[]
4633 */
4634 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4635 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4636 ];
4637
4638 /**
4639 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4640 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4641 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4642 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4643 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4644 * @since 1.27
4645 * @var string[]
4646 */
4647 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4648 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4649 ];
4650
4651 /**
4652 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4653 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4654 */
4655 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4656
4657 /**
4658 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4659 * words are allowed.
4660 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4661 */
4662 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4663
4664 /**
4665 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4666 *
4667 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4668 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4669 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4670 *
4671 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4672 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4673 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4674 */
4675 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4676
4677 /**
4678 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4679 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4680 * @since 1.23
4681 */
4682 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4683
4684 /**
4685 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4686 *
4687 * @since 1.24
4688 */
4689 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4690
4691 /**
4692 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4693 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4694 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4695 *
4696 * An advanced example:
4697 * @code
4698 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4699 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4700 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4701 * 'secrets' => [],
4702 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4703 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4704 * 'cost' => 5,
4705 * ];
4706 * @endcode
4707 *
4708 * @since 1.24
4709 */
4710 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4711 'A' => [
4712 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4713 ],
4714 'B' => [
4715 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4716 ],
4717 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4718 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4719 'types' => [
4720 'A',
4721 'pbkdf2',
4722 ],
4723 ],
4724 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4725 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4726 'types' => [
4727 'B',
4728 'pbkdf2',
4729 ],
4730 ],
4731 'bcrypt' => [
4732 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4733 'cost' => 9,
4734 ],
4735 'pbkdf2' => [
4736 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4737 'algo' => 'sha512',
4738 'cost' => '30000',
4739 'length' => '64',
4740 ],
4741 ];
4742
4743 /**
4744 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4745 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4746 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4747 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4748 */
4749 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4750 'username' => true,
4751 'email' => true,
4752 ];
4753
4754 /**
4755 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4756 */
4757 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4758
4759 /**
4760 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4761 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4762 */
4763 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4764
4765 /**
4766 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4767 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4768 */
4769 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4770 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4771 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4772 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4773 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4774 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4775 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4776 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4777 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4778 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4779 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4780 ];
4781
4782 /**
4783 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4784 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4785 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4786 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4787 */
4788 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4789 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4790 'cols' => 80,
4791 'date' => 'default',
4792 'diffonly' => 0,
4793 'disablemail' => 0,
4794 'editfont' => 'default',
4795 'editondblclick' => 0,
4796 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4797 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4798 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4799 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4800 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4801 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4802 'fancysig' => 0,
4803 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4804 'gender' => 'unknown',
4805 'hideminor' => 0,
4806 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4807 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4808 'imagesize' => 2,
4809 'math' => 1,
4810 'minordefault' => 0,
4811 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4812 'nickname' => '',
4813 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4814 'numberheadings' => 0,
4815 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4816 'previewontop' => 1,
4817 'rcdays' => 7,
4818 'rclimit' => 50,
4819 'rows' => 25,
4820 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4821 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4822 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4823 'skin' => false,
4824 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4825 'thumbsize' => 5,
4826 'underline' => 2,
4827 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4828 'usenewrc' => 1,
4829 'watchcreations' => 1,
4830 'watchdefault' => 1,
4831 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4832 'watchuploads' => 1,
4833 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4834 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4835 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4836 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4837 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4838 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4839 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4840 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4841 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4842 'watchmoves' => 0,
4843 'watchrollback' => 0,
4844 'wllimit' => 250,
4845 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4846 'prefershttps' => 1,
4847 ];
4848
4849 /**
4850 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4851 */
4852 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4853
4854 /**
4855 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4856 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4857 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4858 */
4859 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4860
4861 /**
4862 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4863 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4864 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4865 *
4866 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4867 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4868 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4869 */
4870 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4871
4872 /**
4873 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4874 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4875 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4876 * @since 1.17
4877 */
4878 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4879
4880 /**
4881 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4882 *
4883 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4884 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4885 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4886 *
4887 * @since 1.27
4888 * @var string|null
4889 */
4890 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4891
4892 /**
4893 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4894 *
4895 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4896 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4897 *
4898 * @since 1.27
4899 */
4900 $wgSessionProviders = [
4901 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4902 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4903 'args' => [ [
4904 'priority' => 30,
4905 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4906 ] ],
4907 ],
4908 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4909 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4910 'args' => [ [
4911 'priority' => 75,
4912 ] ],
4913 ],
4914 ];
4915
4916 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4917
4918 /************************************************************************//**
4919 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4920 * @{
4921 */
4922
4923 /**
4924 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4925 */
4926 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4927
4928 /**
4929 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4930 */
4931 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4932
4933 /**
4934 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4935 */
4936 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4937
4938 /**
4939 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4940 *
4941 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4942 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4943 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4944 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4945 *
4946 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4947 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4948 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4949 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4950 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4951 */
4952 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4953 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4954 'IPv6' => 19,
4955 ];
4956
4957 /**
4958 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4959 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4960 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4961 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4962 * anonymous visitors.
4963 */
4964 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4965
4966 /**
4967 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4968 *
4969 * @par Example:
4970 * @code
4971 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4972 * @endcode
4973 *
4974 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4975 *
4976 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4977 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4978 *
4979 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4980 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4981 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4982 */
4983 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4984
4985 /**
4986 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4987 *
4988 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4989 * is without underscore.
4990 *
4991 * @par Example:
4992 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4993 * @code
4994 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
4995 * @endcode
4996 *
4997 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
4998 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
4999 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5000 *
5001 * @par Example:
5002 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5003 * @code
5004 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5005 * @endcode
5006 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5007 *
5008 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5009 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5010 */
5011 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5012
5013 /**
5014 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5015 * address before being allowed to edit?
5016 */
5017 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5018
5019 /**
5020 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5021 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5022 */
5023 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5024
5025 /**
5026 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5027 *
5028 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5029 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5030 *
5031 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5032 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5033 *
5034 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5035 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5036 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5037 * in in the user_groups table.
5038 *
5039 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5040 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5041 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5042 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5043 *
5044 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5045 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5046 *
5047 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5048 */
5049 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5050
5051 /** @cond file_level_code */
5052 // Implicit group for all visitors
5053 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5054 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5055 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5056 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5057 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5058 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5059 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5060 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5061 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5062 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5063 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5064 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5065 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5066 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5067
5068 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5069 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5070 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5071 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5072 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5073 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5074 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5075 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5076 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5077 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5078 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5079 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5080 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5081 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5082 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5083 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5084 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5085 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5086 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5087 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5088
5089 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5090 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5091 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5092
5093 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5094 // from various log pages by default
5095 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5096 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5097 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5098 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5103
5104 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5108 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5110 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5112 // can view deleted revision text
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5144 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5145 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5149
5150 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5153 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5154 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5155 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5156 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5157
5158 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5159 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5160 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5161 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5162 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5163 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5164 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5165 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5166 // For private suppression log access
5167 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5168
5169 /**
5170 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5171 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5172 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5173 * server.
5174 */
5175 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5176
5177 /** @endcond */
5178
5179 /**
5180 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5181 *
5182 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5183 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5184 *
5185 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5186 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5187 */
5188 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5189
5190 /**
5191 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5192 */
5193 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5194
5195 /**
5196 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5197 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5198 *
5199 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5200 * group".
5201 *
5202 * @par Example:
5203 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5204 * @code
5205 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5206 * @endcode
5207 *
5208 * @par Example:
5209 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5210 * @code
5211 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5212 * @endcode
5213 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5214 * any group that they happen to be in.
5215 */
5216 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5217
5218 /**
5219 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5220 */
5221 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5222
5223 /**
5224 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5225 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5226 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5227 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5228 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5229 */
5230 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5231
5232 /**
5233 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5234 *
5235 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5236 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5237 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5238 *
5239 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5240 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5241 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5242 */
5243 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5244
5245 /**
5246 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5247 *
5248 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5249 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5250 *
5251 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5252 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5253 */
5254 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5255
5256 /**
5257 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5258 *
5259 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5260 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5261 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5262 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5263 * "semiprotected".
5264 *
5265 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5266 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5267 */
5268 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5269
5270 /**
5271 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5272 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5273 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5274 *
5275 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5276 */
5277 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5278
5279 /**
5280 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5281 *
5282 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5283 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5284 *
5285 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5286 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5287 */
5288 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5289
5290 /**
5291 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5292 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5293 * privileges of new accounts.
5294 *
5295 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5296 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5297 *
5298 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5299 *
5300 * @par Example:
5301 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5302 * @code
5303 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5304 * @endcode
5305 * Set age to one day:
5306 * @code
5307 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5308 * @endcode
5309 */
5310 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5311
5312 /**
5313 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5314 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5315 *
5316 * @par Example:
5317 * @code
5318 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5319 * @endcode
5320 */
5321 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5322
5323 /**
5324 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5325 *
5326 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5327 *
5328 * The format is
5329 * [ '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... ]
5330 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5331 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5332 * [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ], *OR*
5333 * [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ], *OR*
5334 * [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ], *OR*
5335 * [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ], *OR*
5336 * [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ], *OR*
5337 * [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ], *OR*
5338 * [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ], *OR*
5339 * [ APCOND_BLOCKED ], *OR*
5340 * [ APCOND_ISBOT ], *OR*
5341 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5342 *
5343 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5344 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5345 */
5346 $wgAutopromote = [
5347 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5348 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5349 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5350 ],
5351 ];
5352
5353 /**
5354 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5355 *
5356 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5357 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5358 *
5359 * The format is:
5360 * @code
5361 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5362 * @endcode
5363 * Where event is either:
5364 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5365 *
5366 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5367 *
5368 * @see $wgAutopromote
5369 * @since 1.18
5370 */
5371 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5372 'onEdit' => [],
5373 ];
5374
5375 /**
5376 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5377 * @since 1.18
5378 */
5379 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5380
5381 /**
5382 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5383 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5384 *
5385 * @par Example:
5386 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5387 * @code
5388 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5389 * @endcode
5390 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5391 * @code
5392 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5393 * @endcode
5394 * Sysops can make bots:
5395 * @code
5396 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5397 * @endcode
5398 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5399 * @code
5400 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5401 * @endcode
5402 */
5403 $wgAddGroups = [];
5404
5405 /**
5406 * @see $wgAddGroups
5407 */
5408 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5409
5410 /**
5411 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5412 * For extensions only.
5413 */
5414 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5415
5416 /**
5417 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5418 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5419 */
5420 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5421
5422 /**
5423 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5424 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5425 * This is limited for performance reason.
5426 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5427 * @since 1.23
5428 */
5429 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5430
5431 /**
5432 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5433 *
5434 * @par Example:
5435 * @code
5436 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5437 * // no more than 100 per month
5438 * [
5439 * 'count' => 100,
5440 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5441 * ],
5442 * // no more than 10 per day
5443 * [
5444 * 'count' => 10,
5445 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5446 * ],
5447 * ];
5448 * @endcode
5449 *
5450 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5451 */
5452 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5453 'count' => 0,
5454 'seconds' => 86400,
5455 ] ];
5456
5457 /**
5458 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5459 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5460 *
5461 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5462 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5463 *
5464 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5465 *
5466 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5467 */
5468 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5469
5470 /**
5471 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5472 */
5473 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5474
5475 /**
5476 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5477 * proxies
5478 * @since 1.16
5479 */
5480 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5481
5482 /**
5483 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5484 *
5485 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5486 * the blacklist require a key).
5487 *
5488 * @par Example:
5489 * @code
5490 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5491 * // String containing URL
5492 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5493 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5494 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5495 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5496 * // just use a string as shown above
5497 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5498 * ];
5499 * @endcode
5500 *
5501 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5502 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5503 * @since 1.16
5504 */
5505 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5506
5507 /**
5508 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5509 * what the other methods might say.
5510 */
5511 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5512
5513 /**
5514 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5515 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5516 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5517 */
5518 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5519
5520 /**
5521 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5522 *
5523 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5524 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5525 * elapses.
5526 *
5527 * @par Example:
5528 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5529 * @code
5530 * $wgRateLimits = [
5531 * 'edit' => [
5532 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5533 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5534 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5535 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5536 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5537 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5538 * ]
5539 * ];
5540 * @endcode
5541 *
5542 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5543 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5544 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5545 * @code
5546 * $wgRateLimits = [
5547 * 'some-action' => [
5548 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5549 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5550 * ];
5551 * @endcode
5552 *
5553 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5554 */
5555 $wgRateLimits = [
5556 // Page edits
5557 'edit' => [
5558 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5559 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5560 ],
5561 // Page moves
5562 'move' => [
5563 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5564 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5565 ],
5566 // File uploads
5567 'upload' => [
5568 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5569 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5570 ],
5571 // Page rollbacks
5572 'rollback' => [
5573 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5574 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5575 ],
5576 // Triggering password resets emails
5577 'mailpassword' => [
5578 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5579 ],
5580 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5581 'emailuser' => [
5582 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5583 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5584 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5585 ],
5586 // Purging pages
5587 'purge' => [
5588 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5589 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5590 ],
5591 // Purges of link tables
5592 'linkpurge' => [
5593 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5594 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5595 ],
5596 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5597 'renderfile' => [
5598 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5599 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5600 ],
5601 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5602 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5603 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5604 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5605 ],
5606 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5607 'stashedit' => [
5608 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5609 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5610 ],
5611 // Adding or removing change tags
5612 'changetag' => [
5613 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5614 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5615 ],
5616 // Changing the content model of a page
5617 'editcontentmodel' => [
5618 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5619 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5620 ],
5621 ];
5622
5623 /**
5624 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5625 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5626 */
5627 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5628
5629 /**
5630 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5631 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5632 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5633 */
5634 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5635
5636 /**
5637 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5638 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5639 */
5640 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5641
5642 /**
5643 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5644 *
5645 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5646 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5647 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5648 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5649 *
5650 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5651 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5652 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5653 */
5654 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5655 // Short term limit
5656 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5657 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5658 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5659 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5660 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5661 ];
5662
5663 /**
5664 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5665 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5666 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5667 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5668 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5669 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5670 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5671 * @since 1.27
5672 */
5673 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5674
5675 // @TODO: clean up grants
5676 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5677
5678 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5679 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5680 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5681 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5682 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5683 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5684 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5685 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5686 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5687 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5688
5689 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5690 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5691 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5692 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5693
5694 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5695 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5696 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5697 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5698
5699 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5700 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5701
5702 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5703 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5704 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5705
5706 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5707
5708 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5709 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5710 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5711 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5712
5713 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5714 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5715 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5716 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5717 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5718 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5719 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5720
5721 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5722 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5723
5724 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5725 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5726 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5727 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5728 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5729 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5730
5731 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5732
5733 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5734
5735 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5736 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5737
5738 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5739 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5740 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5741
5742 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5743
5744 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5745 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5746 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5747 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5748 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5749 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5750 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5751
5752 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5753 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5754
5755 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5756
5757 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5758
5759 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5760
5761 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5762
5763 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5764
5765 /**
5766 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5767 * @since 1.27
5768 */
5769 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5770 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5771 'basic' => 'hidden',
5772
5773 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5774 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5775 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5776 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5777
5778 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5779 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5780
5781 'sendemail' => 'email',
5782
5783 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5784 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5785
5786 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5787 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5788
5789 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5790 'rollback' => 'administration',
5791 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5792 'delete' => 'administration',
5793 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5794 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5795 'protect' => 'administration',
5796 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5797
5798 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5799
5800 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5801 ];
5802
5803 /**
5804 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5805 * @since 1.27
5806 */
5807 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5808
5809 /**
5810 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5811 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5812 * @since 1.27
5813 */
5814 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5815
5816 /**
5817 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5818 *
5819 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5820 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5821 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5822 * @since 1.27
5823 */
5824 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5825
5826 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5827
5828 /************************************************************************//**
5829 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5830 * @{
5831 */
5832
5833 /**
5834 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5835 */
5836 $wgSecretKey = false;
5837
5838 /**
5839 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5840 *
5841 * This can have the following formats:
5842 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5843 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5844 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5845 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5846 */
5847 $wgProxyList = [];
5848
5849 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5850
5851 /************************************************************************//**
5852 * @name Cookie settings
5853 * @{
5854 */
5855
5856 /**
5857 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5858 */
5859 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5860
5861 /**
5862 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5863 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5864 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5865 * login cookies session-only.
5866 */
5867 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5868
5869 /**
5870 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5871 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5872 */
5873 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5874
5875 /**
5876 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5877 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5878 */
5879 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5880
5881 /**
5882 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5883 * - true: Set secure flag
5884 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5885 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5886 */
5887 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5888
5889 /**
5890 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5891 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5892 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5893 * check.
5894 */
5895 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5896
5897 /**
5898 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5899 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5900 * name to be used as a prefix.
5901 */
5902 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5903
5904 /**
5905 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5906 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5907 * XSS attack.
5908 */
5909 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5910
5911 /**
5912 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5913 */
5914 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5915
5916 /**
5917 * Override to customise the session name
5918 */
5919 $wgSessionName = false;
5920
5921 /**
5922 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
5923 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked.
5924 */
5925 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
5926
5927 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5928
5929 /************************************************************************//**
5930 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5931 * @{
5932 */
5933
5934 /**
5935 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5936 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5937 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5938 * Please see math/README for more information.
5939 */
5940 $wgUseTeX = false;
5941
5942 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5943
5944 /************************************************************************//**
5945 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5946 *
5947 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5948 *
5949 * @{
5950 */
5951
5952 /**
5953 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5954 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5955 * may contain private data.
5956 */
5957 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5958
5959 /**
5960 * Prefix for debug log lines
5961 */
5962 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5963
5964 /**
5965 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5966 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5967 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5968 */
5969 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5970
5971 /**
5972 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5973 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5974 * and gen=js requests.
5975 */
5976 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5977
5978 /**
5979 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5980 *
5981 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5982 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5983 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5984 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5985 */
5986 $wgDebugComments = false;
5987
5988 /**
5989 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5990 *
5991 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5992 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5993 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5994 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
5995 */
5996 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
5997
5998 /**
5999 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6000 *
6001 * @since 1.26
6002 */
6003 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6004 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6005 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6006 'GET' => [
6007 'masterConns' => 0,
6008 'writes' => 0,
6009 'readQueryTime' => 5
6010 ],
6011 // HTTP POST requests.
6012 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6013 'POST' => [
6014 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6015 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6016 'maxAffected' => 1000
6017 ],
6018 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6019 'masterConns' => 0,
6020 'writes' => 0,
6021 'readQueryTime' => 5
6022 ],
6023 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
6024 'PostSend' => [
6025 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6026 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6027 'maxAffected' => 1000
6028 ],
6029 // Background job runner
6030 'JobRunner' => [
6031 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6032 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6033 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6034 ],
6035 // Command-line scripts
6036 'Maintenance' => [
6037 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6038 'maxAffected' => 1000
6039 ]
6040 ];
6041
6042 /**
6043 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6044 *
6045 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6046 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6047 * in production.
6048 *
6049 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6050 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6051 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6052 * - associative array with keys:
6053 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6054 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6055 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6056 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6057 *
6058 * @par Example:
6059 * @code
6060 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6061 * @endcode
6062 *
6063 * @par Advanced example:
6064 * @code
6065 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6066 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6067 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6068 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6069 * ];
6070 * @endcode
6071 */
6072 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6073
6074 /**
6075 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6076 *
6077 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6078 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6079 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6080 * details.
6081 *
6082 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6083 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6084 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6085 *
6086 * @par To completely disable logging:
6087 * @code
6088 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6089 * @endcode
6090 *
6091 * @since 1.25
6092 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6093 * @see MwLogger
6094 */
6095 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6096 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6097 ];
6098
6099 /**
6100 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6101 *
6102 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6103 */
6104 $wgShowDebug = false;
6105
6106 /**
6107 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6108 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6109 */
6110 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6111
6112 /**
6113 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6114 */
6115 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6116
6117 /**
6118 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6119 */
6120 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6121
6122 /**
6123 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6124 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6125 * to an attacker.
6126 */
6127 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6128
6129 /**
6130 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6131 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6132 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6133 * formatting.
6134 */
6135 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6136
6137 /**
6138 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6139 *
6140 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6141 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6142 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6143 * exception handler.
6144 */
6145 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6146
6147 /**
6148 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6149 */
6150 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6151
6152 /**
6153 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6154 */
6155 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6156
6157 /**
6158 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6159 * Should be a string, default false.
6160 * @since 1.20
6161 */
6162 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6163
6164 /**
6165 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6166 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6167 */
6168 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6169
6170 /**
6171 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6172 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6173 * after the limit.
6174 */
6175 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6176
6177 /**
6178 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6179 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6180 */
6181 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6182
6183 /**
6184 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6185 *
6186 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6187 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6188 */
6189 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6190
6191 /**
6192 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6193 *
6194 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6195 *
6196 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6197 *
6198 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6199 * @since 1.25
6200 */
6201 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6202
6203 /**
6204 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6205 *
6206 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6207 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6208 * @since 1.25
6209 */
6210 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6211
6212 /**
6213 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6214 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6215 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6216 * @since 1.28
6217 */
6218 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6219
6220 /**
6221 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6222 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6223 * templates.
6224 */
6225 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6226
6227 /**
6228 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6229 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6230 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6231 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6232 */
6233 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6234
6235 /**
6236 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6237 * filename is passed to it.
6238 *
6239 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6240 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6241 *
6242 * Use full paths.
6243 */
6244 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6245 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6246 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6247 ];
6248
6249 /**
6250 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6251 */
6252 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6253
6254 /**
6255 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6256 * @since 1.19
6257 */
6258 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6259
6260 /**
6261 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6262 * queries and other useful output.
6263 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6264 *
6265 * @since 1.19
6266 */
6267 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6268
6269 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6270
6271 /************************************************************************//**
6272 * @name Search
6273 * @{
6274 */
6275
6276 /**
6277 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6278 */
6279 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6280
6281 /**
6282 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6283 * by default off due to execution overhead
6284 */
6285 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6286
6287 /**
6288 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6289 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6290 */
6291 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6292
6293 /**
6294 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6295 *
6296 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6297 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6298 *
6299 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6300 *
6301 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6302 */
6303 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6304
6305 /**
6306 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6307 *
6308 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6309 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6310 *
6311 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6312 */
6313 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6314 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6315 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6316 ];
6317
6318 /**
6319 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6320 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6321 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6322 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6323 */
6324 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6325
6326 /**
6327 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6328 * OpenSearch call.
6329 */
6330 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6331
6332 /**
6333 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6334 */
6335 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6336
6337 /**
6338 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6339 */
6340 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6341
6342 /**
6343 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6344 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6345 */
6346 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6347
6348 /**
6349 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6350 *
6351 * @par Example:
6352 * @code
6353 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6354 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6355 * @endcode
6356 */
6357 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6358 NS_MAIN => true,
6359 ];
6360
6361 /**
6362 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6363 * implemented by an extension instead.
6364 */
6365 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6366
6367 /**
6368 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6369 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6370 * search term.
6371 *
6372 * @par Example:
6373 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6374 * @code
6375 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6376 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6377 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6378 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6379 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6380 * @endcode
6381 */
6382 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6383
6384 /**
6385 * Search form behavior.
6386 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6387 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6388 */
6389 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6390
6391 /**
6392 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6393 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6394 * generated for all namespaces.
6395 */
6396 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6397
6398 /**
6399 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6400 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6401 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6402 *
6403 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6404 * @par Example:
6405 * @code
6406 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6407 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6408 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6409 * ];
6410 * @endcode
6411 */
6412 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6413
6414 /**
6415 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6416 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6417 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6418 */
6419 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6420
6421 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6422
6423 /************************************************************************//**
6424 * @name Edit user interface
6425 * @{
6426 */
6427
6428 /**
6429 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6430 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6431 */
6432 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6433
6434 /**
6435 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6436 */
6437 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6438
6439 /**
6440 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6441 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6442 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6443 */
6444 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6445 NS_CATEGORY => true
6446 ];
6447
6448 /**
6449 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6450 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6451 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6452 */
6453 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6454
6455 /**
6456 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6457 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6458 * ting this variable false.
6459 */
6460 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6461
6462 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6463
6464 /************************************************************************//**
6465 * @name Maintenance
6466 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6467 * @{
6468 */
6469
6470 /**
6471 * @cond file_level_code
6472 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6473 */
6474 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6475 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6476 }
6477 /** @endcond */
6478
6479 /**
6480 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6481 */
6482 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6483
6484 /**
6485 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6486 * used as an explanation to users.
6487 *
6488 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6489 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6490 * option in MySQL.
6491 */
6492 $wgReadOnly = null;
6493
6494 /**
6495 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6496 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6497 * message.
6498 *
6499 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6500 */
6501 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6502
6503 /**
6504 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6505 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6506 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6507 *
6508 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6509 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6510 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6511 */
6512 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6513
6514 /**
6515 * Fully specified path to git binary
6516 */
6517 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6518
6519 /**
6520 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6521 *
6522 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6523 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6524 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6525 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6526 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6527 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6528 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6529 *
6530 * @since 1.20
6531 */
6532 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6533 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6534 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6535 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6536 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6537 ];
6538
6539 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6540
6541 /************************************************************************//**
6542 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6543 * @{
6544 */
6545
6546 /**
6547 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6548 * seconds will go.
6549 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6550 */
6551 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6552
6553 /**
6554 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6555 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6556 * @since 1.26
6557 */
6558 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6559
6560 /**
6561 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6562 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6563 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6564 * @since 1.26
6565 */
6566 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6567
6568 /**
6569 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6570 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6571 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6572 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6573 * is still there.
6574 */
6575 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6576
6577 /**
6578 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6579 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6580 */
6581 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6582
6583 /**
6584 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6585 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6586 */
6587 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6588
6589 /**
6590 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6591 * should be sent.
6592 *
6593 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6594 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6595 * specified server.
6596 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6597 *
6598 * The common options are:
6599 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6600 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6601 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6602 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6603 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6604 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6605 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6606 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6607 *
6608 * The IRC-specific options are:
6609 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6610 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6611 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6612 *
6613 * The JSON-specific options are:
6614 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6615 *
6616 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6617 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6618 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6619 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6620 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6621 * ];
6622 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = [
6623 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6624 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6625 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6626 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6627 * ];
6628 * @since 1.22
6629 */
6630 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6631
6632 /**
6633 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6634 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6635 */
6636 $wgRCEngines = [
6637 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6638 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6639 ];
6640
6641 /**
6642 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6643 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6644 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6645 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6646 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6647 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6648 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6649 *
6650 * @since 1.27
6651 */
6652 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6653
6654 /**
6655 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6656 * New pages and new files are included.
6657 */
6658 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6659
6660 /**
6661 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6662 */
6663 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6664
6665 /**
6666 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6667 *
6668 * @since 1.27
6669 */
6670 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6671
6672 /**
6673 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6674 */
6675 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6676
6677 /**
6678 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6679 */
6680 $wgFeed = true;
6681
6682 /**
6683 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6684 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6685 */
6686 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6687
6688 /**
6689 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6690 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6691 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6692 *
6693 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6694 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6695 */
6696 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6697
6698 /**
6699 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6700 * pages larger than this size.
6701 */
6702 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6703
6704 /**
6705 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6706 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6707 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6708 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6709 * as value.
6710 * @par Example:
6711 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6712 * @code
6713 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6714 * @endcode
6715 */
6716 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6717
6718 /**
6719 * Available feeds objects.
6720 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6721 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6722 */
6723 $wgFeedClasses = [
6724 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6725 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6726 ];
6727
6728 /**
6729 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6730 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6731 */
6732 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6733
6734 /**
6735 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6736 */
6737 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6738
6739 /**
6740 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6741 */
6742 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6743
6744 /**
6745 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6746 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6747 * highlighted on the RC page.
6748 */
6749 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6750
6751 /**
6752 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6753 * view for watched pages with new changes
6754 */
6755 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6756
6757 /**
6758 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6759 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6760 */
6761 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6762
6763 /**
6764 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6765 */
6766 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6767
6768 /**
6769 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6770 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6771 */
6772 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6773
6774 /**
6775 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6776 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6777 * watchers.
6778 *
6779 * @since 1.21
6780 */
6781 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6782
6783 /**
6784 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6785 * certain types of edits.
6786 *
6787 * To register a new one:
6788 * @code
6789 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6790 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6791 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6792 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6793 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6794 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6795 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6796 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6797 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6798 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6799 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6800 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6801 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6802 * ];
6803 * @endcode
6804 *
6805 * @since 1.22
6806 */
6807 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6808 'newpage' => [
6809 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6810 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6811 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6812 'grouping' => 'any',
6813 ],
6814 'minor' => [
6815 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6816 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6817 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6818 'class' => 'minoredit',
6819 'grouping' => 'all',
6820 ],
6821 'bot' => [
6822 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6823 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6824 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6825 'class' => 'botedit',
6826 'grouping' => 'all',
6827 ],
6828 'unpatrolled' => [
6829 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6830 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6831 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6832 'grouping' => 'any',
6833 ],
6834 ];
6835
6836 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6837
6838 /************************************************************************//**
6839 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6840 * @{
6841 */
6842
6843 /**
6844 * Override for copyright metadata.
6845 *
6846 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6847 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6848 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6849 */
6850 $wgRightsPage = null;
6851
6852 /**
6853 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6854 * wiki.
6855 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6856 */
6857 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6858
6859 /**
6860 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6861 * link.
6862 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6863 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6864 */
6865 $wgRightsText = null;
6866
6867 /**
6868 * Override for copyright metadata.
6869 */
6870 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6871
6872 /**
6873 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6874 */
6875 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6876
6877 /**
6878 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6879 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6880 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6881 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6882 * large wikis.
6883 */
6884 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6885
6886 /**
6887 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6888 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6889 */
6890 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6891
6892 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6893
6894 /************************************************************************//**
6895 * @name Import / Export
6896 * @{
6897 */
6898
6899 /**
6900 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6901 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6902 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6903 *
6904 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6905 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6906 * e.g.
6907 * @code
6908 * $wgImportSources = [
6909 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
6910 * 'wikispecies',
6911 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
6912 * ];
6913 * @endcode
6914 *
6915 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6916 * the ImportSources hook.
6917 *
6918 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6919 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6920 */
6921 $wgImportSources = [];
6922
6923 /**
6924 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6925 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6926 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6927 *
6928 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6929 */
6930 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6931
6932 /**
6933 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6934 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6935 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6936 */
6937 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6938
6939 /**
6940 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6941 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6942 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6943 */
6944 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6945
6946 /**
6947 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6948 */
6949 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6950
6951 /**
6952 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6953 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6954 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6955 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6956 * it's disabled by default for now.
6957 *
6958 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6959 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6960 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6961 */
6962 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6963
6964 /**
6965 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6966 */
6967 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6968
6969 /**
6970 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6971 */
6972 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6973
6974 /**
6975 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6976 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6977 *
6978 * @since 1.27
6979 */
6980 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6981
6982 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6983
6984 /*************************************************************************//**
6985 * @name Extensions
6986 * @{
6987 */
6988
6989 /**
6990 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6991 * initialised
6992 */
6993 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6994
6995 /**
6996 * Extension messages files.
6997 *
6998 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
6999 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7000 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7001 * is the most common.
7002 *
7003 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7004 * in the core.
7005 *
7006 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7007 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7008 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7009 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7010 *
7011 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7012 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7013 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7014 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7015 *
7016 * @par Example:
7017 * @code
7018 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7019 * @endcode
7020 */
7021 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7022
7023 /**
7024 * Extension messages directories.
7025 *
7026 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7027 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7028 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7029 * message directories.
7030 *
7031 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7032 *
7033 * @par Simple example:
7034 * @code
7035 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7036 * @endcode
7037 *
7038 * @par Complex example:
7039 * @code
7040 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7041 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7042 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7043 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7044 * ]
7045 * @endcode
7046 * @since 1.23
7047 */
7048 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7049
7050 /**
7051 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7052 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7053 * @since 1.22
7054 */
7055 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7056
7057 /**
7058 * Parser output hooks.
7059 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7060 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7061 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7062 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7063 *
7064 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7065 *
7066 * The callback has the form:
7067 * @code
7068 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7069 * @endcode
7070 */
7071 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7072
7073 /**
7074 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7075 */
7076 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7077
7078 /**
7079 * List of valid skin names
7080 *
7081 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7082 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7083 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7084 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7085 */
7086 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7087
7088 /**
7089 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7090 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7091 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7092 * SpecialPage.
7093 */
7094 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7095
7096 /**
7097 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7098 */
7099 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7100
7101 /**
7102 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7103 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7104 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7105 */
7106 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7107
7108 /**
7109 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7110 *
7111 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7112 *
7113 * @code
7114 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7115 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7116 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7117 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7118 * 'author' => [
7119 * 'Foo Barstein',
7120 * ],
7121 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7122 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7123 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7124 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7125 * ];
7126 * @endcode
7127 *
7128 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7129 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7130 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7131 * interpreted as wikitext.
7132 *
7133 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7134 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7135 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7136 *
7137 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7138 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7139 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7140 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7141 *
7142 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7143 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7144 * usually are.)
7145 *
7146 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7147 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7148 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7149 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7150 *
7151 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7152 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7153 *
7154 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7155 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7156 *
7157 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7158 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7159 */
7160 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7161
7162 /**
7163 * Authentication plugin.
7164 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7165 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7166 */
7167 $wgAuth = null;
7168
7169 /**
7170 * Global list of hooks.
7171 *
7172 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7173 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7174 * internally by Hook:run().
7175 *
7176 * The value can be one of:
7177 *
7178 * - A function name:
7179 * @code
7180 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7181 * @endcode
7182 * - A function with some data:
7183 * @code
7184 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7185 * @endcode
7186 * - A an object method:
7187 * @code
7188 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7189 * @endcode
7190 * - A closure:
7191 * @code
7192 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7193 * // Handler code goes here.
7194 * };
7195 * @endcode
7196 *
7197 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7198 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7199 *
7200 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7201 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7202 */
7203 $wgHooks = [];
7204
7205 /**
7206 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7207 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7208 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7209 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7210 * hook for that.
7211 *
7212 * @see MediaWikiServices
7213 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7214 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7215 */
7216 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7217 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7218 ];
7219
7220 /**
7221 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7222 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7223 */
7224 $wgJobClasses = [
7225 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7226 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7227 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7228 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7229 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7230 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7231 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7232 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7233 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7234 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7235 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7236 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7237 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7238 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7239 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7240 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7241 'null' => 'NullJob'
7242 ];
7243
7244 /**
7245 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7246 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7247 *
7248 * These can be:
7249 * - Very long-running jobs.
7250 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7251 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7252 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7253 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7254 */
7255 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7256
7257 /**
7258 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7259 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7260 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7261 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7262 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7263 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7264 * @var float[]
7265 */
7266 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7267
7268 /**
7269 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7270 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7271 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7272 *
7273 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7274 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7275 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7276 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7277 *
7278 * @var float|bool
7279 * @since 1.26
7280 */
7281 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7282
7283 /**
7284 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7285 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7286 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7287 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7288 */
7289 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7290 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7291 ];
7292
7293 /**
7294 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7295 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7296 */
7297 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7298 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7299 ];
7300
7301 /**
7302 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7303 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7304 */
7305 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7306 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7307 ];
7308
7309 /**
7310 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7311 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7312 * or:
7313 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = [ $class, $funcname ]
7314 * Hooks should return strings or false
7315 */
7316 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7317
7318 /**
7319 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7320 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7321 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7322 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7323 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7324 */
7325 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7326 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7327 ];
7328
7329 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7330
7331 /*************************************************************************//**
7332 * @name Categories
7333 * @{
7334 */
7335
7336 /**
7337 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7338 */
7339 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7340
7341 /**
7342 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7343 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7344 */
7345 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7346
7347 /**
7348 * Paging limit for categories
7349 */
7350 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7351
7352 /**
7353 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7354 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7355 *
7356 * Available values are:
7357 *
7358 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7359 *
7360 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7361 *
7362 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7363 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7364 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7365 *
7366 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7367 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7368 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7369 * server.
7370 *
7371 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7372 * the sort keys in the database.
7373 *
7374 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7375 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7376 */
7377 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7378
7379 /** @} */ # End categories }
7380
7381 /*************************************************************************//**
7382 * @name Logging
7383 * @{
7384 */
7385
7386 /**
7387 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7388 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7389 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7390 * log type.
7391 */
7392 $wgLogTypes = [
7393 '',
7394 'block',
7395 'protect',
7396 'rights',
7397 'delete',
7398 'upload',
7399 'move',
7400 'import',
7401 'patrol',
7402 'merge',
7403 'suppress',
7404 'tag',
7405 'managetags',
7406 'contentmodel',
7407 ];
7408
7409 /**
7410 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7411 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7412 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7413 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7414 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7415 */
7416 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7417 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7418 ];
7419
7420 /**
7421 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7422 *
7423 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7424 *
7425 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7426 *
7427 * @par Example:
7428 * @code
7429 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7430 * @endcode
7431 *
7432 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7433 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7434 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7435 *
7436 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7437 * for the link text.
7438 */
7439 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7440 'patrol' => true,
7441 'tag' => true,
7442 ];
7443
7444 /**
7445 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7446 * will be listed in the user interface.
7447 *
7448 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7449 *
7450 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7451 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7452 */
7453 $wgLogNames = [
7454 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7455 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7456 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7457 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7458 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7459 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7460 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7461 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7462 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7463 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7464 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7465 ];
7466
7467 /**
7468 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7469 * top of each log type.
7470 *
7471 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7472 *
7473 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7474 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7475 */
7476 $wgLogHeaders = [
7477 '' => 'alllogstext',
7478 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7479 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7480 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7481 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7482 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7483 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7484 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7485 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7486 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7487 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7488 ];
7489
7490 /**
7491 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7492 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7493 *
7494 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7495 */
7496 $wgLogActions = [];
7497
7498 /**
7499 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7500 * not messages.
7501 * @see LogPage::actionText
7502 * @see LogFormatter
7503 */
7504 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7505 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7506 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7507 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7508 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7509 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7510 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7511 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7512 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7513 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7514 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7515 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7516 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7517 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7518 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7519 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7520 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7521 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7522 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7523 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7524 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7525 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7526 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7527 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7528 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7529 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7530 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7531 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7532 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7533 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7534 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7535 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7536 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7537 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7538 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7539 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7540 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7541 ];
7542
7543 /**
7544 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7545 *
7546 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7547 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7548 * Extensions may append to this array
7549 * @since 1.27
7550 */
7551 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7552 'block' => [
7553 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7554 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7555 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7556 ],
7557 'contentmodel' => [
7558 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7559 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7560 ],
7561 'delete' => [
7562 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7563 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7564 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7565 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7566 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7567 ],
7568 'import' => [
7569 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7570 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7571 ],
7572 'managetags' => [
7573 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7574 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7575 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7576 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7577 ],
7578 'move' => [
7579 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7580 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7581 ],
7582 'newusers' => [
7583 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7584 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7585 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7586 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7587 ],
7588 'patrol' => [
7589 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7590 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7591 ],
7592 'protect' => [
7593 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7594 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7595 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7596 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7597 ],
7598 'rights' => [
7599 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7600 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7601 ],
7602 'suppress' => [
7603 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7604 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7605 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7606 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7607 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7608 ],
7609 'upload' => [
7610 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7611 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7612 ],
7613 ];
7614
7615 /**
7616 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7617 */
7618 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7619
7620 /** @} */ # end logging }
7621
7622 /*************************************************************************//**
7623 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7624 * @{
7625 */
7626
7627 /**
7628 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7629 */
7630 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7631
7632 /**
7633 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7634 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7635 */
7636 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7637
7638 /**
7639 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7640 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7641 */
7642 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7643
7644 /**
7645 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7646 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7647 */
7648 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7649
7650 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7651
7652 /*************************************************************************//**
7653 * @name Actions
7654 * @{
7655 */
7656
7657 /**
7658 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7659 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7660 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7661 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7662 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7663 * instead of the default class.
7664 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7665 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7666 */
7667 $wgActions = [
7668 'credits' => true,
7669 'delete' => true,
7670 'edit' => true,
7671 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7672 'history' => true,
7673 'info' => true,
7674 'markpatrolled' => true,
7675 'protect' => true,
7676 'purge' => true,
7677 'raw' => true,
7678 'render' => true,
7679 'revert' => true,
7680 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7681 'rollback' => true,
7682 'submit' => true,
7683 'unprotect' => true,
7684 'unwatch' => true,
7685 'view' => true,
7686 'watch' => true,
7687 ];
7688
7689 /** @} */ # end actions }
7690
7691 /*************************************************************************//**
7692 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7693 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7694 * @{
7695 */
7696
7697 /**
7698 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7699 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7700 * basis.
7701 */
7702 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7703
7704 /**
7705 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7706 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7707 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7708 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7709 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7710 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7711 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7712 *
7713 * @par Example:
7714 * @code
7715 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7716 * @endcode
7717 */
7718 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7719
7720 /**
7721 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7722 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7723 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7724 *
7725 * @par Example:
7726 * @code
7727 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7728 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7729 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7730 * ];
7731 * @endcode
7732 *
7733 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7734 * forms:
7735 * @code
7736 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7737 * # Underscore, not space!
7738 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7739 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7740 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7741 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7742 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7743 * ];
7744 * @endcode
7745 */
7746 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7747
7748 /**
7749 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7750 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7751 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7752 *
7753 * @par Example:
7754 * @code
7755 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7756 * @endcode
7757 */
7758 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7759
7760 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7761
7762 /************************************************************************//**
7763 * @name AJAX and API
7764 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7765 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7766 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7767 * @{
7768 */
7769
7770 /**
7771 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7772 * machine-readable data via api.php
7773 *
7774 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7775 */
7776 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7777
7778 /**
7779 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7780 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7781 * accesses it
7782 */
7783 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7784
7785 /**
7786 *
7787 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7788 *
7789 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7790 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7791 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7792 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7793 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7794 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7795 * requiring POST.
7796 *
7797 * @since 1.21
7798 */
7799 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7800
7801 /**
7802 * API module extensions.
7803 *
7804 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7805 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7806 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7807 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7808 *
7809 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7810 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7811 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7812 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7813 * field.
7814 *
7815 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7816 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7817 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7818 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7819 *
7820 * Examples for registering API modules:
7821 *
7822 * @code
7823 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7824 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7825 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7826 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7827 * ];
7828 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7829 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7830 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7831 * ];
7832 * @endcode
7833 *
7834 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7835 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7836 */
7837 $wgAPIModules = [];
7838
7839 /**
7840 * API format module extensions.
7841 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7842 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7843 *
7844 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7845 */
7846 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7847
7848 /**
7849 * API Query meta module extensions.
7850 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7851 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7852 *
7853 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7854 */
7855 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7856
7857 /**
7858 * API Query prop module extensions.
7859 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7860 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7861 *
7862 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7863 */
7864 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7865
7866 /**
7867 * API Query list module extensions.
7868 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7869 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7870 *
7871 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7872 */
7873 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7874
7875 /**
7876 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7877 * The default value is generally fine
7878 */
7879 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7880
7881 /**
7882 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7883 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7884 */
7885 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7886
7887 /**
7888 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7889 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7890 */
7891 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7892
7893 /**
7894 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
7895 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7896 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7897 */
7898 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7899
7900 /**
7901 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7902 * API request logging
7903 */
7904 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7905
7906 /**
7907 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7908 */
7909 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7910
7911 /**
7912 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7913 * API queries.
7914 */
7915 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7916 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7917 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7918 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7919 ];
7920
7921 /**
7922 * Enable AJAX framework
7923 */
7924 $wgUseAjax = true;
7925
7926 /**
7927 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7928 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7929 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7930 */
7931 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7932
7933 /**
7934 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7935 */
7936 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7937
7938 /**
7939 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7940 */
7941 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7942
7943 /**
7944 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7945 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7946 */
7947 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7948
7949 /**
7950 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7951 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7952 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7953 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7954 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7955 *
7956 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7957 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7958 *
7959 * @par Example:
7960 * @code
7961 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
7962 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7963 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7964 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7965 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7966 * ];
7967 * @endcode
7968 */
7969 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7970
7971 /**
7972 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7973 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7974 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7975 */
7976 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7977
7978 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7979
7980 /************************************************************************//**
7981 * @name Shell and process control
7982 * @{
7983 */
7984
7985 /**
7986 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7987 */
7988 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7989
7990 /**
7991 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7992 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7993 */
7994 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
7995
7996 /**
7997 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7998 */
7999 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8000
8001 /**
8002 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8003 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8004 */
8005 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8006
8007 /**
8008 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8009 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8010 *
8011 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8012 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8013 * them segfault or deadlock.
8014 *
8015 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8016 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8017 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8018 *
8019 * @par Example:
8020 * @code
8021 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8022 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8023 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8024 * @endcode
8025 *
8026 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8027 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8028 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8029 */
8030 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8031
8032 /**
8033 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8034 */
8035 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8036
8037 /**
8038 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8039 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
8040 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
8041 */
8042 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
8043
8044 /** @} */ # End shell }
8045
8046 /************************************************************************//**
8047 * @name HTTP client
8048 * @{
8049 */
8050
8051 /**
8052 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8053 */
8054 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8055
8056 /**
8057 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8058 */
8059 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8060
8061 /**
8062 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8063 */
8064 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8065
8066 /**
8067 * Local virtual hosts.
8068 *
8069 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8070 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8071 * then no proxy will be used.
8072 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8073 * proxy if it is configured.
8074 * @since 1.25
8075 */
8076 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8077
8078 /**
8079 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8080 * Only works for curl
8081 */
8082 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8083
8084 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8085
8086 /************************************************************************//**
8087 * @name Job queue
8088 * @{
8089 */
8090
8091 /**
8092 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8093 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8094 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8095 * be run periodically.
8096 */
8097 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8098
8099 /**
8100 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8101 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8102 * execution finishes.
8103 *
8104 * @since 1.23
8105 */
8106 $wgRunJobsAsync = (
8107 !function_exists( 'register_postsend_function' ) &&
8108 !function_exists( 'fastcgi_finish_request' )
8109 );
8110
8111 /**
8112 * Number of rows to update per job
8113 */
8114 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8115
8116 /**
8117 * Number of rows to update per query
8118 */
8119 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8120
8121 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8122
8123 /************************************************************************//**
8124 * @name Miscellaneous
8125 * @{
8126 */
8127
8128 /**
8129 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8130 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8131 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8132 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8133 */
8134 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8135
8136 /**
8137 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8138 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8139 *
8140 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8141 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8142 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8143 */
8144 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8145
8146 /**
8147 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8148 * For debugging
8149 */
8150 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8151
8152 /**
8153 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8154 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8155 */
8156 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8157
8158 /**
8159 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8160 */
8161 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8162
8163 /**
8164 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8165 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8166 */
8167 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8168
8169 /**
8170 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8171 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8172 */
8173 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8174
8175 /**
8176 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8177 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8178 *
8179 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8180 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8181 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8182 * parameters.
8183 *
8184 * @par Example:
8185 * @code
8186 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8187 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8188 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8189 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8190 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8191 * ... any extension-specific options...
8192 * ];
8193 * @endcode
8194 */
8195 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8196
8197 /**
8198 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8199 */
8200 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8201
8202 /**
8203 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8204 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8205 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8206 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8207 *
8208 * @since 1.21
8209 */
8210 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8211
8212 /**
8213 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8214 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8215 *
8216 * * 'ignore': return null
8217 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8218 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8219 *
8220 * @since 1.21
8221 */
8222 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8223
8224 /**
8225 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8226 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8227 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8228 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8229 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8230 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8231 *
8232 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8233 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8234 *
8235 * @since 1.21
8236 */
8237 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8238
8239 /**
8240 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8241 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8242 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8243 *
8244 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8245 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8246 *
8247 * @since 1.21
8248 */
8249 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8250 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8251 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8252 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8253 ];
8254
8255 /**
8256 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8257 *
8258 * @since 1.20
8259 */
8260 $wgSiteTypes = [
8261 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8262 ];
8263
8264 /**
8265 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8266 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8267 * @since 1.23
8268 */
8269 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8270
8271 /**
8272 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8273 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8274 * @see bug 65184
8275 * @since 1.24
8276 */
8277 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8278
8279 /**
8280 * Secret for session storage.
8281 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8282 * be used.
8283 * @since 1.27
8284 */
8285 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8286
8287 /**
8288 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8289 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8290 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8291 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8292 * @since 1.27
8293 */
8294 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8295
8296 /**
8297 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8298 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8299 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8300 * be used.
8301 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8302 * @since 1.24
8303 */
8304 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8305
8306 /**
8307 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8308 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8309 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8310 * @since 1.24
8311 */
8312 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8313
8314 /**
8315 * Enable page language feature
8316 * Allows setting page language in database
8317 * @var bool
8318 * @since 1.24
8319 */
8320 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8321
8322 /**
8323 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8324 *
8325 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8326 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8327 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8328 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8329 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8330 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8331 *
8332 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8333 *
8334 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8335 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8336 * 'options' => [
8337 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8338 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8339 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8340 * ]
8341 * ];
8342 *
8343 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8344 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8345 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8346 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8347 *
8348 * Example config for Parsoid:
8349 *
8350 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8351 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8352 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8353 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8354 * ];
8355 *
8356 * @var array
8357 * @since 1.25
8358 */
8359 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8360 'paths' => [],
8361 'modules' => [],
8362 'global' => [
8363 # Timeout in seconds
8364 'timeout' => 360,
8365 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8366 'forwardCookies' => false,
8367 'HTTPProxy' => null
8368 ]
8369 ];
8370
8371 /**
8372 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8373 * these suggestions.
8374 *
8375 * @var bool
8376 * @since 1.26
8377 */
8378 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8379
8380 /**
8381 * Where popular password file is located.
8382 *
8383 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8384 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8385 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8386 *
8387 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8388 * @since 1.27
8389 * @var string path to file
8390 */
8391 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8392
8393 /*
8394 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8395 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8396 *
8397 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8398 * @since 1.27
8399 */
8400 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8401
8402 /**
8403 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8404 *
8405 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8406 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8407 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8408 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8409 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8410 *
8411 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8412 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8413 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8414 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8415 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8416 *
8417 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8418 *
8419 * @since 1.27
8420 */
8421 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8422 'default' => [
8423 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8424 ]
8425 ];
8426
8427 /**
8428 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8429 *
8430 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8431 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8432 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8433 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8434 *
8435 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8436 *
8437 * @var bool
8438 * @since 1.28
8439 */
8440 $wgPingback = false;
8441
8442 /**
8443 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8444 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8445 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8446 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8447 *
8448 * @since 1.28
8449 */
8450 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8451 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8452 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8453 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8454 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8455 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8456 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8457 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8458 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8459 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8460 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8461 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8462 ];
8463
8464 /**
8465 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8466 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8467 * @}
8468 */